WO2012161238A1 - Method for manufacturing pneumatic tire, pneumatic tire, and method and device for manufacturing reinforcing members - Google Patents

Method for manufacturing pneumatic tire, pneumatic tire, and method and device for manufacturing reinforcing members Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2012161238A1
WO2012161238A1 PCT/JP2012/063257 JP2012063257W WO2012161238A1 WO 2012161238 A1 WO2012161238 A1 WO 2012161238A1 JP 2012063257 W JP2012063257 W JP 2012063257W WO 2012161238 A1 WO2012161238 A1 WO 2012161238A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
reinforcing fiber
reinforcing
rubber sheet
manufacturing
unvulcanized rubber
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2012/063257
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
内田 和男
木村 武
Original Assignee
株式会社ブリヂストン
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2011117475A external-priority patent/JP2012245653A/en
Priority claimed from JP2011117474A external-priority patent/JP2012245652A/en
Priority claimed from JP2011117476A external-priority patent/JP2012245654A/en
Priority claimed from JP2011117477A external-priority patent/JP2012245655A/en
Application filed by 株式会社ブリヂストン filed Critical 株式会社ブリヂストン
Publication of WO2012161238A1 publication Critical patent/WO2012161238A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29DPRODUCING PARTICULAR ARTICLES FROM PLASTICS OR FROM SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE
    • B29D30/00Producing pneumatic or solid tyres or parts thereof
    • B29D30/06Pneumatic tyres or parts thereof (e.g. produced by casting, moulding, compression moulding, injection moulding, centrifugal casting)
    • B29D30/72Side-walls
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60CVEHICLE TYRES; TYRE INFLATION; TYRE CHANGING; CONNECTING VALVES TO INFLATABLE ELASTIC BODIES IN GENERAL; DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS RELATED TO TYRES
    • B60C13/00Tyre sidewalls; Protecting, decorating, marking, or the like, thereof
    • B60C13/002Protection against exterior elements
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60CVEHICLE TYRES; TYRE INFLATION; TYRE CHANGING; CONNECTING VALVES TO INFLATABLE ELASTIC BODIES IN GENERAL; DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS RELATED TO TYRES
    • B60C9/00Reinforcements or ply arrangement of pneumatic tyres
    • B60C9/02Carcasses
    • B60C9/12Carcasses built-up with rubberised layers of discrete fibres or filaments
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29DPRODUCING PARTICULAR ARTICLES FROM PLASTICS OR FROM SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE
    • B29D30/00Producing pneumatic or solid tyres or parts thereof
    • B29D30/06Pneumatic tyres or parts thereof (e.g. produced by casting, moulding, compression moulding, injection moulding, centrifugal casting)
    • B29D30/72Side-walls
    • B29D2030/722Reinforcing the sidewalls, e.g. by using filaments, fibers or additional reinforcing layers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a pneumatic tire and a pneumatic tire (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “manufacturing method” and “tire”), and more particularly, to a method for manufacturing a pneumatic tire according to an improvement in the structure of a reinforcing member in a material stage. And a pneumatic tire.
  • the present invention is useful not only for passenger car tires but also for heavy duty tires used in heavy duty vehicles such as trucks and buses.
  • the present invention also relates to a method and apparatus for manufacturing a reinforcing member (hereinafter also simply referred to as “manufacturing method” and “manufacturing apparatus”), and more specifically, a method for manufacturing a reinforcing member that is suitably used for reinforcing a pneumatic tire or the like. And improvement of manufacturing equipment.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses that a side reinforcing layer formed by impregnating a rubber component in an organic fiber cord is disposed between a carcass layer and a belt layer of a sidewall.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses a pneumatic radial tire in which a fiber reinforcing member in which a nonwoven fabric made of monofilament fibers is covered with rubber is installed in the vicinity of the carcass layer.
  • Patent Document 3 discloses a pneumatic radial tire in which a reinforcing layer formed by covering a nonwoven fabric with rubber is provided inside and outside the radial width of the radial carcass, and the radial carcass is sandwiched between these reinforcing layers. It is disclosed.
  • Patent Documents 4 and 5 disclose pneumatic safety tires in which rubber-filament fiber composites are disposed on the sidewall portions in order to improve run-flat running performance.
  • the reinforcement member generally used in the past is made of a rubber composite material in which organic fibers or steel single wires or twisted cords are aligned in a certain direction.
  • the cord cut surfaces that do not have an adhesive action with the rubber are arranged at regular intervals at the end portion of the reinforcing member, the cut surfaces serve as a starting point for the separation of the cord and the rubber, resulting in a rough road.
  • the present inventors use a reinforcing member formed by coating a short reinforcing fiber satisfying a predetermined condition with rubber, thereby preventing the basic performance as a tire without the above problems. It has been found that a pneumatic tire that achieves a desired reinforcing effect while satisfying the above can be obtained.
  • a nonwoven fabric is known as a reinforcing material using such short fibers.
  • the fiber opening device is a device in which massive fibers are introduced while the needle roller rotates, and the fibers are opened and spread in a sheet form. The fibers dispersed in the form of a sheet are finally crimped by a crimping roller to form a nonwoven fabric.
  • the non-woven fabric thus produced has a uniform density as a whole, although there are variations in manufacturing.
  • the product tire when manufacturing a pneumatic tire, normally, after the forming process of assembling the members and forming the raw tire, an expansion process is performed to expand the raw tire into the shape of the product tire. In this expansion process, the expansion rate differs between the tread portion side and the bead portion side of the raw tire, and the tread portion side is greatly expanded as compared with the bead portion side. Therefore, when the material having a uniform density manufactured as described above is used for, for example, the side portion, the product tire finally obtained has a fiber density of 2 on the tread portion side and the bead portion side. The difference is nearly double, and in heavy-duty tires used for trucks and buses, the difference is twice or more. That is, in this case, the fiber density on the bead portion side becomes excessive and more fibers than necessary are used, which is disadvantageous in terms of cost and weight.
  • a reinforcing member in which a plurality of short fibers are sandwiched between a pair of rubber sheets to a pneumatic tire.
  • a nonwoven fabric is known as a reinforcing material using such short fibers, and a general method for producing a nonwoven fabric includes a method using a fiber opening device.
  • a short fiber is blended with at least one kind of rubber, a modulus b in a short fiber orientation direction, and a modulus a in a direction perpendicular thereto.
  • Two or more rubber reinforcing layers having a ratio b / a of 1.5 or more are provided on at least a part of the bead portion from the tire shoulder portion so that the short fiber orientation directions intersect with each other, and approximately half of the short fibers are provided.
  • a pneumatic tire is disclosed in which the tire is disposed at an angle of + 25 ° to + 65 ° with respect to the tire circumferential direction, and the remaining short fibers are disposed at an angle of ⁇ 25 ° to ⁇ 65 ° with respect to the tire circumferential direction.
  • a chopped fiber bundle in which reinforcing fibers are substantially aligned in one direction is continuously run through a plurality of continuous fiber bundles, and widening means disposed in the middle of the run.
  • Patent Document 9 for a long elastic sheet in which short fiber groups are oriented in the longitudinal direction of the sheet, the orientation is alternately changed for each predetermined dimension from one surface to the other surface of the elastic sheet.
  • a method for forming an elastic body containing oriented short fibers is disclosed in which a cut is made, and an elastic body in which short fiber ends are exposed on both sides is formed by alternately bending, laminating and pressing along the cut.
  • Patent Document 10 discloses a device for repeatedly forming a fiber yarn nip by an apparatus for repeatedly supplying a fiber bundle in an arbitrary fiber direction from a magazine roll of fiber yarns during production of a thermosetting resin product preform.
  • a supply device having a pair of first and second driven feed rollers for supplying fiber yarns from a magazine roll, a cutting device for cutting the fiber yarns to a desired length, and a pneumatically driven fiber extrusion disposed downstream of the cutting device
  • An arbitrary fiber-directional fiber comprising a device, wherein the first feed roller pair is driven at a slightly lower feed rate than the second feed roller pair, and the fiber extrusion device comprises an oblong tube sleeve having a turbulent air passage
  • a bundle feeder is disclosed.
  • the short fibers are dispersed by a spreading means. It must be manually set at the material inlet at a uniform density. It is not easy to feed the short fibers that have been cut in advance at a uniform density, and it is necessary to feed the short fibers immediately while measuring the short fibers. In particular, when steel fiber short fibers are used as the reinforcing fibers, if the short fibers are entangled with each other, they cannot be easily unraveled. It becomes difficult.
  • a reinforcing member in which short fibers are oriented in a certain direction may be required, and the realization of a reinforcing member reinforced by short fibers oriented in a certain direction has been desired.
  • an object of the present invention is to reduce the cost and the cost of reinforcing a tire using a reinforcing member that can be manufactured inexpensively and easily, and that can use the scrap material that has been discarded in the past.
  • the object of the present invention is to provide a method of manufacturing a pneumatic tire that can obtain a reinforcing effect more efficiently in terms of weight, and thereby a pneumatic tire that achieves a desired reinforcing effect while satisfying the basic performance as a tire. It is to provide.
  • Another object of the present invention is to manufacture a reinforcing member using reinforcing fiber pieces of a predetermined length, without causing a problem of entanglement between the reinforcing fiber pieces, and a certain amount of reinforcing fiber pieces in a certain time.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a reinforcing member manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus capable of supplying a reinforcing member having a uniform density.
  • Still another object of the present invention is to manufacture a reinforcing member using reinforcing fiber pieces of a predetermined length, without causing a problem of entanglement between the reinforcing fiber pieces, and a certain amount of reinforcing fiber pieces in a fixed time. Therefore, the reinforcing fiber piece can provide a reinforcing member manufacturing method and a manufacturing apparatus capable of manufacturing a reinforcing member having a uniform density that is different for each part.
  • Still another object of the present invention is to produce a reinforcing member using a reinforcing fiber piece of a predetermined length, without causing a problem of entanglement between reinforcing fiber pieces, and a certain amount of reinforcing fiber in a certain time. It is an object of the present invention to provide a reinforcing member manufacturing method and a manufacturing apparatus capable of manufacturing a reinforcing member capable of supplying pieces and having a uniform density and reinforcing fiber pieces oriented in a certain direction.
  • the present inventors have determined that the weight density of the reinforcing fiber piece is one end at the other end as a reinforcing member having a specific structure using the reinforcing fiber piece that satisfies a predetermined condition in the green tire molding stage.
  • the present invention has been completed by finding that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by using a material having a density gradient that becomes higher with respect to the end of the substrate.
  • the pneumatic tire manufacturing method of the present invention has a pair of left and right bead portions and sidewall portions, and a tread portion continuous between both sidewall portions, and a pair of strip-shaped unvulcanized portions on the sidewall portions.
  • the reinforcing member has a density gradient in which the weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces is 1.5 times or more at the tread portion side end portion with respect to the bead portion side end portion. Is preferably used. Further, as the reinforcing member, it is preferable to use a material having a basis weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces that is different between the tread portion side and the bead portion side from the center in the width direction of the reinforcing member. It is also preferable to use one in which the weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces continuously changes from the tread portion side end portion to the bead portion side end portion.
  • the pneumatic tire of the present invention is characterized by being manufactured by the method for manufacturing a pneumatic tire of the present invention.
  • the basis weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces is preferably 50 g / m 2 or more and 1500 g / m 2 or less, and the length of the reinforcing fiber pieces is preferably 15 mm or more.
  • the diameter of the fiber piece is preferably in the range of 0.07 mm to 0.60 mm.
  • an inorganic fiber can be suitably used as the reinforcing fiber.
  • the present inventors have continuously performed the process of cutting the reinforcing fiber into a predetermined length to obtain the reinforcing fiber piece immediately before the reinforcing fiber piece is sprayed. The inventors have found that this can be solved, and have completed the present invention.
  • the method for manufacturing a reinforcing member of the present invention includes a reinforcing member in which a reinforcing fiber piece layer composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces obtained by cutting reinforcing fibers into a predetermined length is interposed between a pair of belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets.
  • the width of the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet is used as the guide body. It is preferable to use one having a width along the direction that is wider at the lower end than at the upper end and that gradually increases from above to below.
  • the one strip-like unvulcanized rubber sheet is used as the guide body. It is also preferable to use the one having a narrowed portion whose width along the longitudinal direction is narrower at the lower end than at the upper end and whose width gradually decreases from above to below.
  • the guide body it is more preferable to use a guide having a vertical portion that does not vary in width along the longitudinal direction of the one band-like unvulcanized rubber sheet, below the narrowed portion. It is more preferable to use a lower end portion of the guide body whose width d in the longitudinal direction of the one band-like unvulcanized rubber sheet is 1.0 times or less the length of the reinforcing fiber piece.
  • the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet in the spraying step, and more preferably, the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet has a vibration frequency of 1 Hz to 1 kHz. Vibrate with.
  • the reinforcing member manufacturing apparatus of the present invention is a reinforcing member in which a reinforcing fiber piece layer composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces obtained by cutting reinforcing fibers into a predetermined length is interposed between a pair of belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets.
  • Sprinkling means for sprinkling fiber pieces to form the reinforcing fiber piece layer, and supplying the other of the band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet on the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet and superposing the one and the other
  • the cutting means and the spraying means are provided integrally.
  • the guide body in which an interval between a pair of wall portions is narrower than a width of the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet, and a surface of the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet from the lower end of the guide body It is preferable that the distance h is 5 times or less the length of the reinforcing fiber piece.
  • the guide body further includes a pair of wall portions parallel to the width direction of the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet and opens only in the vertical direction.
  • a guide body that opens only in the vertical direction is installed between the spreading means and the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet, It is also preferable that the width of the vulcanized rubber sheet along the width direction is wider at the lower end than at the upper end and has a portion that gradually increases from above to below.
  • a guide body that opens only in the vertical direction is installed between the spreading means and the one strip-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet, and the one strip-shaped uncoated belt of the guide body.
  • the vulcanized rubber sheet has a narrowed portion in which the width along the longitudinal direction is narrower at the lower end than at the upper end, and the width gradually decreases from the upper side to the lower side.
  • the guide body has a vertical portion where the width along the longitudinal direction of the one band-like unvulcanized rubber sheet does not vary below the throttle portion.
  • the width d of the lower end portion of the guide body in the longitudinal direction of the one band-like unvulcanized rubber sheet is 1.0 times or less the length of the reinforcing fiber piece.
  • the manufacturing apparatus of the present invention preferably includes a vibration generating mechanism for vibrating the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet.
  • the vibration frequency of the vibration generating mechanism is preferably in the range of 1 Hz to 1 kHz.
  • the above configuration can provide a method for manufacturing a pneumatic tire that can obtain a reinforcing effect more efficiently in terms of cost and weight, and thereby, basic performance as a tire. It is possible to obtain a pneumatic tire that achieves a desired reinforcing effect while satisfying the above.
  • a cutting step of cutting a reinforcing fiber to produce a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces, and a dispersion for spreading the reinforcing fiber pieces on a belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet Since the steps are performed continuously, it becomes possible to supply a certain amount of reinforcing fiber pieces in a certain time without causing a problem of entanglement between the reinforcing fiber pieces. Furthermore, in the method and apparatus for manufacturing a reinforcing member according to the present invention, since a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces are spread in advance on one rubber sheet, the reinforcing fiber pieces after spreading are flat in a lying state.
  • the reinforcing member manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus of the present invention it is possible to easily manufacture a reinforcing member having a uniform density. Furthermore, according to the manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus of the reinforcing member of the present invention, there is a merit that a reinforcing member having a small thickness can be obtained as compared with the prior art.
  • the dispersion of the reinforcing fiber pieces is performed via a guide body whose width along the width direction of the rubber sheet is gradually increased from the upper side to the lower side.
  • the dispersion of the reinforcing fiber pieces is such that the width along the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet is narrower at the lower end than the upper end, and gradually decreases from above to below.
  • (A), (b) is explanatory drawing which shows the state of the protrusion input with respect to a tire side part.
  • It is a partially notched front view which shows one Embodiment of the manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus of the reinforcement member of this invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a sectional view taken along line II-II in FIG. 9. It is a partially broken perspective view which shows the reinforcement member which concerns on this invention.
  • (A)-(c) is explanatory drawing which shows the variation of the guide body based on this invention. It is explanatory drawing which shows the relationship between the cross-sectional shape of a guide body, and the dispersion state of a reinforcing fiber.
  • FIG. 1 the cross-sectional view of the width direction of an example of the pneumatic tire of this invention is shown.
  • the illustrated pneumatic tire includes a pair of bead portions 7, a pair of sidewall portions 8 connected to the bead portions 7, and a tread portion 9 straddling the both sidewall portions 8, and these portions are embedded in the bead portion 7.
  • a carcass 2 made of at least one carcass ply that is reinforced between the pair of bead cores 1 is provided.
  • two belt layers 3 arranged so as to cross each other and a belt reinforcing layer 4 arranged so as to cover the entire width thereof are arranged outside the crown portion tire radial direction of the carcass 2.
  • a bead filler 6 is disposed outside the bead core 1 in the tire radial direction.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of an example of a reinforcing member according to the present invention. This figure shows the dispersion state of the reinforcing fiber pieces when viewed from the direction perpendicular to the surface of the reinforcing member.
  • the reinforcing member according to the present invention includes a reinforcing fiber piece 101 plated or adhesive-treated and a rubber 102. More specifically, the reinforcing member is reinforced between a pair of belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets.
  • a reinforcing fiber piece layer composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces obtained by cutting fibers into a predetermined length is interposed.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece 101 has at least one end that terminates in the reinforcing member, that is, is composed of a short length of fiber that does not continuously extend between the widthwise ends of the reinforcing member.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece 101 is embedded in the rubber 102 so that a projected portion obtained by projecting the reinforcing fiber piece 101 in a direction perpendicular to the reinforcing member intersects at least partially.
  • the reinforcing member according to the present invention has a planar shape having a thickness.
  • the reinforcing member according to the present invention does not require a process such as a stranded wire or draw rolling, and thus is easy to manufacture, and is excellent in cost. ing. Further, in the reinforcing member according to the present invention, since the cross-sections of the reinforcing fiber pieces are not arranged at the end portions, there is no problem of separation starting from the reinforcing member end portions.
  • the weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces is relative to the bead portion side end portion at the tread portion side end portion. It is important to use one having a density gradient that increases. That is, in the tire molding process before the expansion process at the time of raw tire production, the reinforcing member 5 having a density gradient such that the weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces is higher at the tread portion side end portion than the bead portion side end portion. And affixed to the sidewall portion 8.
  • the reinforcing member 5 has a density gradient in which the basis weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces is 1.5 times or more, particularly about twice as much as the bead part side end part at the tread part side end part.
  • the preferable condition of the density gradient of the weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces varies depending on the tire size, and specifically, for example, 1.8 to 2.3 times.
  • an expansion process for expanding the raw tire into the shape of the product tire is usually performed after the forming process of assembling the members and forming the raw tire. Since the expansion rate differs between the tread portion side and the bead portion side of the raw tire, if a reinforcing member having a uniform density is used in the material stage before being attached to the tire, the tread portion side and the bead portion are expanded after expansion. There will be a difference of nearly twice the density of the reinforcing fiber pieces on the side. In the present invention, since the reinforcing member 5 having a difference in basis weight between the tread portion side and the bead portion side is attached to the sidewall portion 8 in the molding step in advance, the raw tire is molded.
  • the basis weight density is uniform between the tread portion side and the bead portion side of the reinforcing member 5.
  • the weight of the reinforcing fiber piece is between the tread portion side and the bead portion side from the center in the width direction of the reinforcing member 5.
  • Different densities can be used. That is, the reinforcing member 5 having a two-stage density gradient in which the area having a relatively high basis density and the area having a low basis weight are divided into two on the tread part side and the bead part side is used. In this case, two types of fabric density may be set.
  • the difference in the areal density of the reinforcing fiber pieces in the reinforcing member 5 between the bead portion side and the tread portion side can be reduced.
  • manufacturing variations include.
  • the basis weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces in the reinforcing member 5 is uniform from the bead portion side to the tread portion side.
  • the reinforcing member 5 is disposed in the region from the end of the belt layer 3 to the vicinity of the upper end of the bead filler 6.
  • the reinforcing member is a side wall portion. Any material may be used as long as it is disposed in at least a part of the outside of the carcass ply. Specifically, it is disposed in at least a part of the region from the end of the belt layer 3 to the vicinity of the upper end of the bead core 1.
  • the reinforcing member By arranging the reinforcing member in at least a part of the side wall portion, it is possible to improve the side cut resistance, and particularly, even when the ply structure is simplified for weight reduction of the tire, A significant decrease in side cut resistance can be suppressed.
  • the cut resistance of the entire sidewall portion can be improved by disposing the entire region from the end portion of the belt layer 3 to the vicinity of the upper end of the bead core 1.
  • FIG. 4 is an explanatory view showing a state of projection input to the tire side portion.
  • a carcass ply may break down due to a sharp protrusion whose tip R is 20 mm or less. Many. The reason is that, as shown in FIG. 4 (a), when the projection 100 is pushed into the tire, a tensile stress acts locally on the carcass ply, and this stress exceeds the strength of the ply cord. Then, the carcass ply will break.
  • FIG. 4B by arranging the reinforcing member 5 on the outside of the carcass ply, the reinforcing member 5 efficiently shares the tension applied to the carcass ply when the protrusion 100 penetrates. This makes it possible to prevent the carcass ply from being broken. Therefore, the reinforcing fiber preferably has the same strength as the carcass ply.
  • the length of the reinforcing fiber piece is preferably 15 mm or more, more preferably 20 mm or more, and the upper limit is not particularly limited as long as it is up to the height of the sidewall portion of the applied tire. Particularly preferably, it is in the range of 25 mm to 40 mm. If the length of the reinforcing fiber piece is too short, the penetration of the projection cannot be completely covered when the projection 100 is input, and the carcass ply 2 cannot be protected from local tension, and the ply cord may be broken. Further, the effect of improving the side cut resistance is reduced (see FIG. 5A). On the other hand, if the length of the reinforcing fiber piece is 15 mm or more, the effect can be exhibited even for sharp projection input (see FIG.
  • the weight density of the reinforcing member is 50 g / m 2 or more and 1500 g / m 2 or less, particularly 80 g / m 2 or more and 500 g / m 2 or less, more preferably 100 g / m 2 or more and 200 g / m 2 or less. It is preferable to use those. If the basis weight is less than 50 g / m 2 , the strength of the reinforcing member may be insufficient. On the other hand, when the fabric density exceeds 1500 g / m 2 , expandability and moldability deteriorate.
  • the basis weight density of the reinforcing member 5 means the total weight of the reinforcing fiber pieces per unit area in one layer of the reinforcing member. That is, the total weight (g) of the reinforcing fiber pieces 101 per layer of the reinforcing member included in the unit area (1 m 2 ) is the basis weight in the present invention.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece having a diameter in the range of 0.07 mm to 0.60 mm, particularly 0.12 mm to 0.34 mm. If the diameter of the reinforcing fiber piece is too small, the cost in the wire drawing process for obtaining a thin wire diameter increases, and the number of reinforcing fiber pieces to be spread increases, resulting in an increase in cost. On the other hand, if the diameter of the reinforcing fiber piece is too large, the bending fatigue property is deteriorated, and the reinforcing fiber piece may be broken due to compression deformation during traveling at a low internal pressure.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces used for the reinforcing member it is not necessary that all the reinforcing fiber pieces used for the reinforcing member have a single length and diameter, and a mixture of reinforcing fiber pieces having a plurality of types of lengths and diameters may be used. However, it is preferable to use a material having a length and diameter within the above range. In particular, if the length of the reinforcing fiber piece is too long, the uniformity of the reinforcing member is impaired, which is not preferable from the viewpoint that the uniformity in the circumferential direction of the tire shape and tire rigidity, which is a component that determines uniformity.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the reinforcing fiber piece is basically circular, but a polygonal shape such as an ellipse or a triangle may be used.
  • any material may be used as the reinforcing fiber, and it can be appropriately selected from various materials usually used for tire reinforcing members.
  • inorganic fibers include metal fibers such as steel filaments and glass fibers
  • organic fibers include aromatic polyamide fibers, fatty acid polyamide fibers, polyester fibers, polyparaphenylenebenzeneoxazole fibers, and polyvinyl alcohol-based synthetics. Examples thereof include fibers and carbon fibers.
  • inorganic fibers particularly steel filaments, as the short fibers.
  • the above-mentioned reinforcing fibers made of inorganic fibers or organic fibers are used in the manufacturing process of tire reinforcing cords, such as end materials (waste made from residual yarn) generated in the post-plating wire drawing process or stranded wire process, It can be manufactured from mill ends generated in the cord rolling process.
  • end materials waste made from residual yarn
  • stranded wire process a conventionally discarded scrap material can be used, the cost can be greatly reduced as compared with the conventional one, and the waste can be reduced. is there.
  • a metal cord such as a steel cord is manufactured by unwinding a filament from a plurality of reels around which a single filament wire that has been plated is wound, and twisting the filament bundle using tension.
  • a non-metallic cord made of organic fibers or the like is manufactured by performing a dipping process in which an adhesive is applied to a twisted filament bundle.
  • the reinforcing member can be formed by effectively using the end material of the cord generated in each process in manufacturing the tire.
  • a reinforcing fiber piece having the above length, basis weight, and the like it is preferable to use a reinforcing fiber piece having the above length, basis weight, and the like. However, if only a short reinforcing fiber piece or only a long reinforcing fiber piece is used, a sufficient reinforcing effect may not be obtained or there may be a problem in durability.
  • the reinforcing fiber is embedded in rubber to form a reinforcing member, it is necessary to be plated or treated with an adhesive in order to ensure adhesion with the rubber. That is, in the present invention, when the reinforcing fiber is a metal fiber, a plated one is used, and when the reinforcing fiber is an organic fiber, an adhesive-treated one is used. In a metal fiber such as a steel filament, for example, when general Cu + Zn plating is performed, Cu during plating plays a role of adhering rubber and reinforcing fiber when forming a reinforcing member.
  • the rubber and the reinforcing fiber are easily peeled off, and there is a concern that the progress of peeling easily occurs along the reinforcing fiber. Accordingly, in the present invention, when metal fibers are used as the reinforcing fibers, it is necessary to use plated ones, and even when a stranded wire cord is used as a raw material, single wires must be plated. is there.
  • the metal cord is made of a copper wire, the copper wire itself has an adhesive effect, so that plating is not necessary.
  • non-metallic cords made of organic fibers, etc. by using an adhesive dipped in accordance with a conventional method, as with plated metal cords, adhesion to rubber is ensured. Is possible.
  • the plating provided on the surface of the metal fiber as the reinforcing fiber is not particularly limited, and may be brass, bronze, Cu, Zn plating or the like.
  • the above-mentioned waste scraps are used as the reinforcing fibers, since these are already plated, there is an advantage that good adhesion to rubber can be obtained without further plating.
  • the rubber used for the reinforcing member can be appropriately selected from rubber types conventionally used for tire reinforcing member applications, and is not particularly limited.
  • the thickness of the reinforcing member itself is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately determined according to the target reinforcing performance, and can be, for example, 0.5 mm to 3.0 mm. This is because the thickness of the thinnest reinforcing member assumed when applied to a tire for a passenger car is 0.5 mm, while the thickness of the thickest reinforcing member assumed when applied to a heavy load tire is 3.0 mm. It means that there is.
  • the reinforcing member having a difference in basis weight as described above can be manufactured, for example, as follows.
  • the reinforcing member manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus will be described in detail later. That is, first, a sheet of unvulcanized rubber having a predetermined thickness is prepared, and a bundle of reinforcing fiber pieces cut to a predetermined length is placed on the rubber sheet from a predetermined amount and a predetermined height on the rubber sheet. Is dropped to a uniform density.
  • the guide body has a portion that opens in the vertical direction above the rubber sheet, has a width along the width direction of the rubber sheet that is wider at the lower end than the upper end, and gradually increases from the upper end toward the rubber sheet.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces are dropped on the rubber sheet through the guide body.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces fall on the rubber sheet so that the density decreases from the center in the width direction toward both outer sides, and thus the reinforcement having a difference in the basis density of the reinforcing fiber pieces in the width direction.
  • a member can be obtained. Therefore, by cutting this reinforcing member at the center in the width direction, a reinforcing member having a predetermined fabric density gradient different between one end side and the other end side in the width direction can be applied to the present invention. It is obtained.
  • This guide body also has an effect of preventing the density of the reinforced fiber pieces that are blown off from being dispersed more than necessary, and can be designed according to the width of the rubber sheet disposed below. Further, the difference in the basis weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces can be adjusted by setting the dimensional shape of the guide body to a predetermined value.
  • a reinforcing member in which the reinforcing fiber piece is embedded in rubber can be manufactured.
  • the density of the reinforcing fiber pieces in the reinforcing member is determined by the ratio between the amount of dropping of the reinforcing fiber pieces and the moving speed of the rubber sheet. be able to.
  • a method for dropping the predetermined amount of reinforcing fiber pieces in addition to a method in which a bundle of reinforcing fiber pieces cut in advance is conveyed by a belt conveyor or the like and dropped onto a predetermined portion on a rubber sheet, there is no method.
  • a method of dropping the cut reinforcing fiber pieces while cutting them may be used. In the latter case, it is not necessary to work to entangle the reinforcing fiber pieces or to supply a bundle of reinforcing fiber pieces at a constant amount in a certain amount of time, so that the reinforcing member can be manufactured more efficiently. Become.
  • the reinforcing member according to the present invention can be easily manufactured in one process as described above, it is easier to manufacture and consumes less energy than a conventional reinforcing member that requires a large number of steps for manufacturing. There is an advantage that the manufacturing cost is low.
  • the reinforcing member is disposed so that the basis weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces has a density gradient that becomes higher with respect to the bead portion side end portion at the tread portion side end portion,
  • the other details of the tire structure and the material of each member are not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones.
  • the belt layer 3 is formed by rubberizing steel cords arranged in parallel at a predetermined angle with respect to the tire circumferential direction, and it is necessary to provide at least one layer. They are arranged in two layers. Further, as shown in the figure, the carcass is folded around the bead core 1 from the tire inner side to the outer side and locked. Further, the belt reinforcing layer 4 is composed of a rubberized layer of reinforcing cords arranged substantially parallel to the tire circumferential direction, and is arranged in a single sheet over the entire width of the belt layer 3 in the illustrated example. In the present invention, the present invention is not limited to this, and a pair of the belt layers 3 may be disposed in a region covering both ends of the belt layer 3. These may be arranged in combination, and the number of each belt reinforcing layer is not limited to the above.
  • a tread pattern (not shown) is appropriately formed on the surface of the tread portion 9, and an inner liner (not shown) is formed on the innermost layer.
  • an inert gas such as nitrogen can be used as the gas filled in the tire.
  • FIG. 6 is a partially cutaway front view showing an embodiment of the method and apparatus for manufacturing a reinforcing member of the present invention
  • FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line II of FIG.
  • a reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12 obtained by cutting reinforcing fibers into a predetermined length is interposed between a pair of strip-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets 11A and 11B as shown in FIG.
  • the present invention relates to an improvement in technology when manufacturing the reinforcing member 10.
  • the reinforcing member 10 includes a belt-like rubber sheet 11A made of unvulcanized rubber, a belt-like rubber sheet 11B made of unvulcanized rubber superimposed on the rubber sheet 11A and pressure-bonded, and the rubber sheets 11A and 11B. It is formed from a reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12 interposed therebetween.
  • the rubber sheets 11A and 11B have the same width.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 has substantially the same width as that of the rubber sheets 11A and 11B, and extends in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheets 11A and 11B. In this embodiment, as the rubber sheets 11A and 11B, rubber sheets whose temperature has been lowered to room temperature are used.
  • the rubber constituting the rubber sheets 11A and 11B can be appropriately selected from rubber types conventionally used for reinforcing member applications such as tires, and is particularly limited. is not. Specifically, for example, general-purpose rubbers such as styrene butadiene rubber (SBR), acrylonitrile butadiene rubber (NBR), butadiene rubber (BR), isoprene rubber (IR), chloroprene rubber (CR) can be used.
  • SBR styrene butadiene rubber
  • NBR acrylonitrile butadiene rubber
  • BR butadiene rubber
  • IR isoprene rubber
  • chloroprene rubber chloroprene rubber
  • the thickness of the rubber sheets 11A and 11B is not particularly limited and can be appropriately determined according to the target reinforcing performance, but is preferably in the range of 0.3 to 1.0 mm.
  • the thickness of the rubber sheets 11A and 11B is less than 0.3 mm, a part of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 may protrude from the outer surface of the reinforcing member 10 during vulcanization, while 1.0 mm is set. When it exceeds, there exists a possibility that a rubber gauge may become thick and the intensity
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 is formed into a layer shape by the plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12 being distributed substantially uniformly while intersecting at a plurality of positions.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 in the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 are not intertwined in a complicated manner like a nonwoven fabric, extend in a straight line, simply overlap each other, and are hardly intertwined.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece 12 may extend in a curved shape such as an arc shape or an S shape. Further, these reinforcing fiber pieces 12 are randomly oriented (the extending direction is disordered), fall down on the rubber sheet 11A, and extend parallel to the upper surface thereof.
  • the reinforcing member 10 has substantially the same strength in any direction, and even when the reinforcing member 10 is cut and used, the reinforcing fiber piece has a very small cross-sectional area at the cut end. Since only a large number of the 12 cut surfaces are exposed, they do not become the core of crack generation. Furthermore, the strength of the reinforcing member 10 can be easily adjusted by adjusting the density (weight density) of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 in the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13.
  • the vulcanized reinforcing member 10 can be suitably applied to a belt layer, a carcass layer, a wire chafer, a conveyor belt, a rubber crawler for a crawler vehicle, or the like constituting a pneumatic tire.
  • the proportion of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 extending in the width direction or the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet may be increased by adjusting the orientation of some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12, for example.
  • the length (predetermined length) of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 after cutting is preferably within a range of 10 to 100 mm, and more preferably within a range of 30 to 60 mm.
  • the diameter of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 0.5 mm.
  • the weight per unit area (mass per 1 m 2 ) of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 is preferably 100 to 1000 g from the viewpoint of strength, rigidity, and the like. Preferably, it is within the range of 300 to 800 g.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces used for the reinforcing member it is not necessary that all the reinforcing fiber pieces used for the reinforcing member have a single length and diameter, and a mixture of reinforcing fiber pieces having a plurality of types of lengths and diameters may be used. It is preferable to use a material having a length and diameter within the above range. In particular, if the length of the reinforcing fiber piece is too long, the uniformity of the reinforcing member is impaired. For example, when applied to a tire, the tire shape and the tire rigidity are uniform in the circumferential direction, which is a component that determines uniformity. It is not preferable from the point that property falls.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the reinforcing fiber is basically circular, but a polygonal shape such as an ellipse or a triangle may be used.
  • any material may be used as the reinforcing fiber, and it can be appropriately selected from various materials usually used for reinforcing members such as tires.
  • inorganic fibers include metal fibers such as steel filaments and glass fibers
  • organic fibers include aromatic polyamide fibers, fatty acid polyamide fibers, polyester fibers, polyparaphenylenebenzeneoxazole fibers, and polyvinyl alcohol-based synthetics. Examples thereof include fibers and carbon fibers.
  • inorganic fibers particularly steel filaments, as the reinforcing fibers.
  • the reinforcing fiber is embedded in rubber to form a reinforcing member, it is necessary to be plated or treated with an adhesive in order to ensure adhesion with the rubber. That is, in this embodiment, when the reinforcing fiber is a metal fiber, a plated one is used, and when the reinforcing fiber is an organic fiber, an adhesive-treated one is used. In a metal fiber such as a steel filament, for example, when general Cu + Zn plating is performed, Cu during plating plays a role of adhering rubber and reinforcing fiber when forming a reinforcing member.
  • the rubber and the reinforcing fiber are easily peeled off, and there is a concern that the progress of peeling easily occurs along the reinforcing fiber. Therefore, in this embodiment, when using a metal fiber as the reinforcing fiber, it is necessary to use a plated one, and even when a stranded wire cord is used as a raw material, the single wire needs to be plated. It is. When the metal cord is made of a copper wire, the copper wire itself has an adhesive effect, so that plating is not necessary. In addition, in the case of non-metallic cords made of organic fibers, etc., by using an adhesive dipped in accordance with a conventional method, as with plated metal cords, adhesion to rubber is ensured. Is possible.
  • the plating provided on the surface of the metal fiber as the reinforcing fiber is not particularly limited, and may be brass, bronze, Cu, Zn plating or the like. If the outer surface of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 is plated, the coefficient of friction on the outer surface of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 becomes a very small value, so that it easily slips and flows.
  • the manufacturing apparatus shown in the figure has a fixed frame 22 that is fixed on the floor surface 21 and extends in the front-rear direction.
  • a main conveyor 23 that extends in the front-rear direction is attached to the lower part of the fixed frame 22.
  • the main conveyor 23 includes a pair of pulleys 24 rotatably supported at the front end and the rear end of the fixed frame 22, and a conveyor belt 25 that extends between the pair of pulleys 24 and extends in the front-rear direction.
  • a driving force is applied to one of the pair of pulleys 24 from a driving mechanism such as a motor (not shown).
  • the transport unit 25a located on the upper side of the conveyor belt 25 can travel forward.
  • a cutting means including an upper blade 28 and a lower blade 29 is attached to the upper end portion of the rear end portion of the fixed frame 22 via support portions 30 and 31.
  • a transport unit 32 for transporting the reinforcing fibers 14 is disposed.
  • the reinforcing fiber 14 may be fed out and conveyed by a roller (not shown) on the conveyance unit 32 or may be conveyed using a conveyor similar to the main conveyor 23.
  • the conveying section 32 and the rollers or conveyors as a whole constitute spraying means for spraying a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12 on the rubber sheet 11A to form the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13.
  • the reinforcing fiber 14 mechanically conveyed forward on the conveying unit 32 is cut at the front end of the lower blade 29 by the upper blade 28 and the lower blade 29 to form a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12 on the rubber sheet 11A. Fall.
  • the front end of the lower blade 29 is located immediately above the rear end portion of the main conveyor 23.
  • a cutting means for cutting the reinforcing fiber 14 into the reinforcing fiber piece 12 and a spreading means for spreading the cut reinforcing fiber piece 12 on the rubber sheet 11A are integrally provided, Since the cutting step and the spraying step are performed continuously, the reinforcing fiber pieces are not entangled with each other because the reinforcing fiber pieces are not cut in advance, and the need for opening is not generated.
  • the cut reinforcing fiber pieces 12 can be obtained at a constant speed, so that a certain amount can be easily obtained at a constant time.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 can be supplied. If the amount of cutting at one time is not large, the reinforcing fiber pieces are not entangled with each other, and it is not necessary to pass through a fiber opening machine. Therefore, if the reinforcing fiber 12 pieces cut at a constant speed are spread on the rubber sheet 11A as they are, the reinforcing member 10 having the random positions and the random orientation of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 in the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 is obtained. be able to.
  • the amount of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 produced by cutting that is, the supply amount of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 per unit time is adjusted to a predetermined value by setting the conveying speed of the reinforcing fibers 14.
  • the number of the reinforcing fibers 14 to be conveyed can be a predetermined number based on the supply amount of the target reinforcing fiber pieces 12 and the width of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 dropped from the conveying unit 32 are dispersed (spread) on the rubber sheet 11A at the application position P of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 with respect to the rubber sheet 11A. Since the dispersion of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 and the conveyance of the rubber sheet 11A are continuously performed as described above, the reinforcement composed of the plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12 and extending in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 11A is provided on the rubber sheet 11A. A fiber piece layer 13 is formed.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 is formed by previously spreading the plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12 on the rubber sheet 11A, the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 after the spreading are laid down by the flat rubber sheet 11A. Supported from below. As a result, the orientation direction (extending direction) of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 can be easily randomized, and the distribution can be easily made uniform. Further, since the reinforcing member 10 can be manufactured simply by spreading the reinforcing fiber pieces 12, supplying the rubber sheet 11A, and pressing, the manufacturing cost of the apparatus can be reduced.
  • the ratio between the supply amount of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 per unit time (conveying speed of the reinforcing fibers 14) and the running speed of the conveyor belt 25 in the main conveyor 23 is changed, the reinforcing fiber piece layer to be formed is changed.
  • the basis weight of 13 can be easily adjusted.
  • the supply amount of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 per unit time is m (g / s), and the width (target width) of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 to be formed on the rubber sheet 11A is d (m).
  • the rubber sheet 11A is placed on the support base and is stationary, while the spraying means installed above the rubber sheet 11A is moved in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 11A by the spraying means.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 may be dispersed on the rubber sheet 11A.
  • Reference numeral 46 denotes a guide body installed between the spraying means and the rubber sheet 11A.
  • the guide body 46 is attached to the fixed frame 22 via an attachment plate 47.
  • the guide body 46 has a pair of wall portions 46a parallel to the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 11A, and the interval between the pair of wall portions 46a is formed narrower than the width of the rubber sheet 11A. Yes.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 spread by the spreading means are supplied onto the rubber sheet 11A while being guided by the guide body 46, so that the rubber sheet of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 is supplied.
  • the scattering of 11A to the outside in the width direction is effectively prevented.
  • the guide body 46 further includes a pair of wall portions 46b parallel to the width direction of the rubber sheet 11A, and is open only in the vertical direction and has a passage having a rectangular cross section inside.
  • path inside the guide body in this case may be a cross-sectional circle other than a cross-sectional rectangle.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 collide with the guide body 46 during the fall, and the collision of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 changes randomly due to the collision, and as a result, the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 become the rubber sheet. 11A is further uniformly distributed in a random orientation direction.
  • the distance h from the lower end of the guide body 46 to the surface of the rubber sheet 11A is five times the length of the reinforcing fiber piece 12. In the following, it is particularly preferably in the range of 1 to 3 times.
  • the height h of the guide body 46 is increased more than necessary, the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 are scattered around and it is difficult to accurately distribute the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 within the range of the target width d.
  • a plurality of baffle rods or baffles extending linearly or curvedly on the inner surface of the guide body 46 are used.
  • a plate or the like may be attached so that the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 falling on the rubber sheet 11A from the spraying means collide with a baffle rod or the like, and more reinforcing fiber pieces 12 may be rebounded during the dropping.
  • a generating means for generating a magnetic field or an electric field is installed in the guide body 46, or an adjusting plate in which a plurality of slits are formed. It can also be installed.
  • Reference numeral 50 is a support base attached to the upper end of the fixed frame 22 in front of the spraying means, and on this support base 50, a winding roll in which a long and continuous rubber sheet 11B is wound in a roll shape many times. 51 is rotatably supported.
  • the rubber sheet 11 ⁇ / b> B unwound from the winding roll 51 is guided by a plurality of guide rollers 52 that are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 22 immediately below the winding roll 51, and is a supply position positioned forward from the spraying position P.
  • D supply position of rubber sheet 11B to rubber sheet 11A
  • reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 is interposed between rubber sheets 11A and 11B. Be dressed.
  • the means 53 is configured.
  • an extruder or a calender roll device may be used as a supply means for supplying the rubber sheets 11A and 11B to the main conveyor 23.
  • the rubber sheet 11A having a high temperature immediately after molding is used.
  • 11B are supplied to the main conveyor 23.
  • Reference numeral 56 is a pressure-bonding means installed immediately before the supply position D.
  • the pressure-bonding means 56 has two pairs of upper and lower rollers 57 and 58 which are separated from each other in the vertical direction, and these two pairs of upper and lower rollers 57 and 58. Are arranged at a predetermined distance in the front-rear direction. Both ends of these two upper rollers 57 are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 22 and are in rolling contact with the upper surface of the rubber sheet 11B superimposed on the rubber sheet 11A. On the other hand, both of the two lower rollers 58 are supported by the fixed frame 22 so as to be freely rotatable, and are in rolling contact with the lower surface of the conveying portion 25a of the conveyor belt 25 in a pressed state.
  • a driving force is applied to the upper roller 57 from a driving mechanism (not shown), whereby the upper roller 57 has the same traveling speed (conveying speed of the rubber sheet 11A and the like) as the peripheral speed.
  • the upper roller 57 has the same traveling speed (conveying speed of the rubber sheet 11A and the like) as the peripheral speed.
  • the rubber sheets 11A, 11B are interposed between the reinforcing fiber piece layers 13. In a worn state, they are pressed against each other and pressed, whereby the reinforcing member 10 is manufactured.
  • the upper and lower rollers 57 and 58 are preferably heated to a temperature in the range of 50 to 100 ° C. The reason is that when the upper and lower rollers 57 and 58 are heated to this temperature range, the rubber of the rubber sheets 11A and 11B is plasticized without proceeding with the vulcanization of the rubber sheets 11A and 11B, and the gap between the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 is increased. This is because the rubber can be adhered to the entire outer surface of each reinforcing fiber piece 12.
  • a bladder that expands or contracts by supplying or discharging a heating medium may be used as the crimping means. In this case, the rubber sheets 11A and 11B are connected to each other by the expansion of the bladder. Press and crimp.
  • a rotatable entanglement roller 62 having a plurality of protrusions 61 on the outer periphery and parallel to the pulley 24 is disposed immediately above the rubber sheet 11A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13. ing.
  • a support roller 63 is installed in parallel with the entanglement roller 62 and in rolling contact with the lower surface of the conveying portion 25a of the conveyor belt 25. The support roller 63 conveys the rubber sheet 11A. It is supported from below via the part 25a.
  • Both ends of the entanglement roller 62 and the support roller 63 in the axial direction are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 22, but the entanglement roller 62 is given a driving force from a drive mechanism (not shown).
  • the entanglement roller 62 is driven to rotate at the peripheral speed at the tip of the protrusion 61 at the same speed as the traveling speed of the conveyor belt 25.
  • the tip of the protrusion 61 pushes a part of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 conveyed by the main conveyor 23 toward the rubber sheet 11A, and a part of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 is moved.
  • some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 are partially entangled with each other.
  • the radial length of the protrusion 61 is preferably in the range of 1 to 100 mm.
  • Reference numeral 66 denotes a crushing roller installed between the spraying position P and the supply position D, here between the entanglement roller 62 and the supply position D.
  • the crushing roller 66 is connected to the entanglement roller 62. While extending in parallel, both ends in the axial direction are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 22. A driving force is applied to the crushing roller 66 from the driving mechanism. As a result, the crushing roller 66 rotates at a peripheral speed on the outer surface thereof at the same speed as the traveling speed of the conveyor belt 25. it can.
  • a support roller 67 is installed in parallel with the crushing roller 66 so as to be in rolling contact with the lower surface of the conveying portion 25a of the conveyor belt 25.
  • the support roller 67 supports the rubber sheet 11 ⁇ / b> A from below via the transport unit 25 a, and both axial ends thereof are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 22.
  • the crushing roller 66 presses the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 against the rubber sheet 11A when the rubber sheet 11A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 pass between the crushing roller 66 and the support roller 67, thereby reinforcing the reinforcing fiber piece layer. Crush 13 slightly in the thickness direction as a whole.
  • the position of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 on the rubber sheet 11A is further stabilized.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece 12 on the rubber sheet 11A is Movement, in particular, dropping from both side ends of the rubber sheet 11A can be strongly suppressed.
  • the entanglement roller 62 may be installed in front of the crushing roller 66, contrary to the above.
  • a vibration generating mechanism for vibrating the rubber sheet 11A. That is, it is preferable to arrange a vibration generator on the main conveyor 23 that conveys the rubber sheet 11A.
  • a vibration generator is arranged on the main conveyor 23, the conveyor belt 25 is vibrated, and the rubber sheet 11A is vibrated in the spraying step, thereby eliminating the agglomeration of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12. Can do.
  • the vibration generating mechanism can be disposed, for example, inside the conveyor belt 25, and the vibration direction can be the width direction of the rubber sheet 11A.
  • the vibration frequency at this time is preferably in the range of 1 Hz to 1 kHz, more preferably 1 Hz to 1000 Hz, and further preferably 10 Hz to 100 Hz.
  • the vibration frequency is 1 Hz or less, the vibration energy is small and the reinforcing fiber piece 12 is difficult to move.
  • the vibration frequency is too high, the energy is too strong and the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 may be scattered around.
  • the reinforcing fiber 14 is sent out in the direction of the fixed frame 22 by the transport unit 32.
  • the rubber sheet 11A is supplied to the main conveyor 23 from the rear side.
  • the rubber sheet 11A supplied to the main conveyor 23 in this way travels forward from the conveyance unit 25a and is conveyed from below by the conveyance unit 25a. It is conveyed toward the front while being supported.
  • the reinforcing fiber 14 is cut by the upper blade 28 and the lower blade 29 at the front end of the lower blade 29 to form a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12, and falls onto the rubber sheet 11A.
  • the supply amount of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 per unit time is adjusted to a predetermined value by the conveyance speed of the reinforcing fibers 14.
  • the dropped reinforcing fiber pieces 12 fall on the rubber sheet 11A, here spreading slightly to the spraying position P, and are sprayed uniformly and randomly.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 are spread on the rubber sheet 11A by dropping the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 from above the rubber sheet 11A, the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 can be easily and reliably attached to the rubber sheet 11A. Can be sprayed on top.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece 12 is guided by the guide body 46, and scattering of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 to both sides is effectively prevented.
  • some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 collide with the guide body 46 in the middle of dropping, and the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 jump around due to the collision, and the posture changes randomly.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces on the rubber sheet 11A 12 the distribution becomes more uniform and the orientation direction becomes further random.
  • vibration is given to the conveyor belt 25 to vibrate the rubber sheet 11A, the agglomeration of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 can be more effectively suppressed.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12 extending in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 11A on the rubber sheet 11A. Is formed.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 is conveyed forward together with the rubber sheet 11A by running of the conveyor belt 25 and passes between the entanglement roller 62 and the support roller 63. At this time, the protrusion of the entanglement roller 62 The front end portion 61 pushes a part of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 toward the rubber sheet 11A, deforms some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12, and partially entangles the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 with each other. The position of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 on 11A is stabilized.
  • the rubber sheet 11A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 are conveyed by the conveyor belt 25 and supplied to the crushing roller 66 and the support roller 67.
  • the rubber sheet 11A and the support roller 67 are interposed between the rubber sheet 11A and the support roller 67.
  • the crushing roller 66 presses the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 against the rubber sheet 11A to slightly crush the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 in the thickness direction as a whole, and on the rubber sheet 11A.
  • the position of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 is further stabilized.
  • the rubber sheet 11A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 are conveyed to the supply position D by the conveyor belt 25, the rubber sheet 11B unwound from the winding roll 51 of the supply means 53 is supplied onto the rubber sheet 11A from above and overlapped.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 is interposed between the rubber sheets 11A and 11B.
  • the rubber sheets 11 ⁇ / b> A and 11 ⁇ / b> B and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 are supplied to the upper and lower rollers 57 and 58 by the conveyor belt 25.
  • the rubber sheets 11A and 11B and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 pass between the upper and lower rollers 57 and 58, the rubber sheets 11A and 11B are pressed against each other with the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 interposed between them and pressure bonded. Then, the reinforcing member 10 is manufactured.
  • the reinforcing member 10 manufactured in this way is vulcanized and cut into a predetermined length and used for the above-described applications.
  • FIG. 9 is a partially cutaway front view showing another embodiment of the method and apparatus for manufacturing a reinforcing member of the present invention
  • FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line II-II in FIG.
  • a reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 112 obtained by cutting reinforcing fibers into a predetermined length is interposed between a pair of strip-like unvulcanized rubber sheets 111A and 111B as shown in FIG.
  • the present invention relates to an improvement in technology when manufacturing the reinforcing member 110.
  • the reinforcing member 110 includes a belt-like rubber sheet 111A made of unvulcanized rubber, a belt-like rubber sheet 111B made of unvulcanized rubber superimposed on the rubber sheet 111A and pressure-bonded, and the rubber sheets 111A and 111B. It is formed from a reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 112 interposed therebetween.
  • the rubber sheets 111A and 111B have the same width.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 has substantially the same width as that of the rubber sheets 111A and 111B, and is disposed so as to extend in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheets 111A and 111B.
  • the rubber sheet 111A, 111B is a rubber sheet whose temperature is lowered to room temperature.
  • the rubber constituting the rubber sheets 111A and 111B can be appropriately selected from rubber types conventionally used for reinforcing member applications such as tires, and is particularly limited. is not. Specifically, for example, a general-purpose rubber similar to that in the first embodiment can be used. The thicknesses of the rubber sheets 111A and 111B can be the same as in the first embodiment.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 is formed into a layer shape by a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 112 being substantially uniformly distributed while intersecting at a plurality of locations.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 in the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 are not intertwined in a complicated manner like a nonwoven fabric, extend in a straight line, simply overlap each other, and are hardly intertwined.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece 112 may extend in a curved shape such as an arc shape or an S shape.
  • these reinforcing fiber pieces 112 are randomly oriented (the extending direction is disordered), have different basis weights for each part, in the illustrated example, at a basis weight that gradually decreases from the top to the bottom in the figure, and It lies down on the rubber sheet 111A and extends parallel to the upper surface.
  • the reinforcing member 110 has the same strength in each direction in each part, but has a different strength for each part. Further, even when the reinforcing member 110 is cut and used, only a large number of cut surfaces of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 having a very small cross-sectional area are exposed at the cut end of the reinforcing member 110. Also, it does not become the nucleus of crack generation.
  • the strength of the reinforcing member 110 can be easily adjusted by adjusting the density (weight density) of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 in the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113.
  • the vulcanized reinforcing member 110 can be suitably applied to a belt layer, a carcass layer, a wire chafer, a conveyor belt, a rubber crawler for a crawler vehicle, or the like constituting a pneumatic tire.
  • the vulcanized reinforcing member 110 is preferably used as a side layer reinforcing layer in a pneumatic tire, and in a material stage before expansion, the bead portion side is low and the tread portion side is in a non-uniform state with high density. In this case, it is possible to prevent a decrease in density on the tread portion side after expansion.
  • the reinforcement amount of the bead portion is larger in order to reinforce the carcass ply from the damage caused by the push-up from the rim flange.
  • you only want to increase the density on the tread part side you can also think of increasing the overall density with a uniform distribution, but in this case, an excessive amount of reinforcing fiber pieces will be scattered on the bead part. This is inefficient.
  • the orientation of some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 may be adjusted, for example, to increase the ratio of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 extending in the width direction or the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet.
  • the length (predetermined length) and diameter of the reinforcing fiber piece 112 after cutting and the basis weight of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 may be the same as those in the first embodiment. it can.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces used for the reinforcing member have a single length and a diameter, but a plurality of types of lengths and diameters.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces may be mixed and used, but those having a length and a diameter within the above range are preferably used.
  • the length of the reinforcing fiber piece is too long, the uniformity of the reinforcing member is impaired.
  • the tire shape and the tire rigidity are uniform in the circumferential direction, which is a component that determines uniformity. It is not preferable from the point that property falls.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the reinforcing fiber is basically circular, but a polygonal shape such as an ellipse or a triangle may be used.
  • any material may be used as the reinforcing fiber, and it can be appropriately selected from various materials usually used for reinforcing members such as tires.
  • the same inorganic fibers and organic fibers as in the first embodiment can be mentioned, and among them, it is preferable to use inorganic fibers, particularly steel filaments.
  • the reinforcing fiber is embedded in rubber to form a reinforcing member, as in the first embodiment, plating or adhesive treatment is performed in order to ensure adhesion with rubber. It is necessary to be.
  • the conditions relating to plating and adhesive treatment can be the same as those in the first embodiment, and are not particularly limited.
  • the illustrated manufacturing apparatus has a fixed frame 122 that is fixed on the floor 121 and extends in the front-rear direction, and a main conveyor 123 that extends in the front-rear direction is attached to the lower part of the fixed frame 122.
  • the main conveyor 123 includes a pair of pulleys 124 rotatably supported at the front end and the rear end of the fixed frame 122, and a conveyor belt 125 that extends between the pair of pulleys 124 and extends in the front-rear direction.
  • a driving force is applied to one of the pair of pulleys 124 from a driving mechanism such as a motor (not shown).
  • the transport unit 125a positioned on the upper side of the conveyor belt 125 can travel forward.
  • a cutting means including an upper blade 128 and a lower blade 129 is attached to the upper end portion of the rear end portion of the fixed frame 122 via support portions 130 and 131.
  • a transport unit 132 for transporting the reinforcing fibers 114 is disposed.
  • the reinforcing fibers 114 may be fed out and conveyed on the conveyance unit 132 by a roller (not shown), or may be conveyed using a conveyor similar to the main conveyor 123.
  • the transport unit 132 and the rollers or conveyors as a whole constitute spraying means for spraying a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 112 on the rubber sheet 111A to form the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113.
  • the reinforcing fibers 114 mechanically conveyed forward on the conveying unit 132 are cut at the front end of the lower blade 129 by the upper blade 128 and the lower blade 129 to become a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 112, and on the rubber sheet 111A. Fall.
  • the front end of the lower blade 129 is located immediately above the rear end portion of the main conveyor 123.
  • a cutting means for cutting the reinforcing fiber 114 into the reinforcing fiber piece 112 and a spreading means for spreading the cut reinforcing fiber piece 112 on the rubber sheet 111A are integrally provided, Since the cutting step and the spraying step are performed continuously, the reinforcing fiber pieces are not entangled with each other because the reinforcing fiber pieces are not cut in advance, and the need for opening is not generated. Further, if the reinforcing fibers 114 are unwound at a constant speed and cut at a constant speed, the cut reinforcing fiber pieces 112 can be obtained at a constant speed, so that a certain amount can be easily obtained at a constant time. The reinforcing fiber pieces 112 can be supplied.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces are not entangled with each other, and it is not necessary to pass through a fiber opening machine. Therefore, if the reinforcing fiber 112 pieces cut at a constant speed are spread on the rubber sheet 111A, the reinforcing member 110 having a uniform density in which the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 have a random orientation in the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 is obtained. Can do.
  • the amount of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 produced by cutting is adjusted to a predetermined value by setting the conveying speed of the reinforcing fibers 114.
  • the number of the reinforcing fibers 114 to be conveyed can be a predetermined number based on the supply amount of the target reinforcing fiber pieces 112 and the width of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 dropped from the conveying unit 132 are spread (spread) on the rubber sheet 111A at the spreading position P of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 with respect to the rubber sheet 111A via a guide body 146 described later. Since the dispersion of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 and the conveyance of the rubber sheet 111A are continuously performed as described above, the reinforcement formed of the plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 112 on the rubber sheet 111A and extending in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 111A. A fiber piece layer 113 is formed.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 is formed by previously spreading the plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 112 on the rubber sheet 111A, the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 after the spreading are lying down by the flat rubber sheet 111A. Supported from below. As a result, the orientation direction (extending direction) of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 can be easily randomized, and the distribution can be easily made uniform in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 111A as described later. . Further, since the reinforcing member 110 can be manufactured simply by spreading the reinforcing fiber pieces 112, supplying the rubber sheet 111A, and pressing, the manufacturing cost of the apparatus can be reduced.
  • the supply amount of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 per unit time is m (g / s), and the width (target width) of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 to be formed on the rubber sheet 111A is d (m).
  • the traveling speed is a speed V (m / s)
  • the rubber sheet 111A is placed on the support base and stopped, while the spraying means installed above the rubber sheet 111A is moved in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 111A by the spraying means.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 may be dispersed on the rubber sheet 111A.
  • Reference numeral 146 denotes a guide body installed between the spraying means and the rubber sheet 111 ⁇ / b> A.
  • the guide body 146 is attached to the fixed frame 122 via a mounting plate 147.
  • the guide body 146 is opened only in the vertical direction, and has a passage inside.
  • the width of the guide body 146 along the width direction of the rubber sheet 111A is formed so as to have a portion that is wider at the lower end than the upper end and gradually increases from the upper side to the lower side.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece 112 is While the amount that falls directly below the cutting position is large, the amount that falls outside in the width direction of the rubber sheet 111A is smaller than the cutting position. As a result, all the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 can be dispersed in a target range on the rubber sheet 111A and from the center in the width direction of the rubber sheet 111A toward the outside so that the density decreases.
  • FIGS. 12A to 12C show variations of the guide body 146.
  • the guide body 146 is opened only in the vertical direction, and the width along the width direction (lateral direction in the drawing) of the rubber sheet 111A is wider at the lower end than the upper end, and gradually increases from the upper side to the lower side. What is necessary is just to have a part to do.
  • Reference numeral 146A is a portion where the width along the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 111A gradually increases from the upper side to the lower side (hereinafter referred to as a diameter-enlarged portion). A density distribution in which the density of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 decreases toward the outside is formed.
  • the shape of the enlarged diameter portion 146A may be bilaterally symmetric in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 111A ((a) in the figure) or asymmetrical in the left and right ((b), ( c)), the outer shape of the cross section may be linear ((b) in the figure) or curved ((a) to (c) in the figure).
  • the density distribution of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 can be controlled by adjusting the cross-sectional shape of the rubber sheet 111A in the width direction of the guide body 146.
  • the position where the effective width in which the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 are dispersed is d1
  • the width in the width direction of the rubber sheet 111A at the upper end in the guide body 146 is d2
  • the width of the expanded diameter portion 146A is the effective distribution width d1.
  • the height in the vertical direction is h1
  • the height in the vertical direction from the position of the height h1 to the start position of the enlarged diameter portion 146A is h2.
  • the width d1 is a width of the material determined based on the characteristic requirements of the tire, for example, for reinforcement, it is not basically changed.
  • the ratio d1 / d2 is a parameter for changing the coarse density of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112.
  • the height h2 is also a parameter for changing the coarse density.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 are likely to be densely gathered at the center in the width direction of the rubber sheet 111A, and when the width d2 is small, the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 are likely to be densely gathered at the center in the width direction of the rubber sheet 111A ( (Refer FIG.13 (b)).
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 collide with the guide body 146 during the fall. However, due to this collision, the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 bouncing around and randomly change their postures. As a result, the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 are randomly In a uniform orientation and in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 111A, it is more evenly dispersed.
  • a plurality of obstacles extending linearly or curvedly on the inner surface of the guide body 146 Attach a rod, baffle plate, etc. so that the reinforcing fiber piece 112 falling on the rubber sheet 111A from the spraying means collides with the baffle rod, etc., and more reinforcing fiber pieces 112 bounce around in the middle of dropping. Also good.
  • a generating means for generating a magnetic field or an electric field is installed in the guide body 146, or an adjusting plate on which a plurality of slits are formed. It can also be installed.
  • Reference numeral 150 is a support base attached to the upper end of the fixed frame 122 in front of the spraying means, and a long and continuous rubber sheet 111B is wound around the support base 150 in a roll shape. 151 is rotatably supported.
  • the rubber sheet 111 ⁇ / b> B unwound from the winding roll 151 is guided by a plurality of guide rollers 152 that are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 122 immediately below the winding roll 151, and is a supply position positioned in front of the spraying position P.
  • D supply position of the rubber sheet 111B to the rubber sheet 111A
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 is interposed between the rubber sheets 111A and 111B. Be dressed.
  • the means 153 is configured.
  • an extruder or a calender roll device may be used as a supply means for supplying the rubber sheets 111A and 111B to the main conveyor 123.
  • the rubber sheet 111A having a high temperature immediately after molding is used.
  • 111B is supplied to the main conveyor 123.
  • Reference numeral 156 is a pressure-bonding means installed immediately before the supply position D.
  • the pressure-bonding means 156 has two pairs of an upper roller 157 and a lower roller 158 that are separated from each other in the vertical direction. Are arranged at a predetermined distance in the front-rear direction. Both ends of these two upper rollers 157 are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 122 and are in rolling contact with the upper surface of the rubber sheet 111B superimposed on the rubber sheet 111A. On the other hand, both ends of the two lower rollers 158 are supported by the fixed frame 122 so as to be freely rotatable, and are in rolling contact with the lower surface of the conveying portion 125a of the conveyor belt 125 in a pressed state.
  • a driving force is applied to the upper roller 157 from a driving mechanism (not shown), whereby the upper roller 157 has the same traveling speed as the conveyor belt 125 (conveying speed of the rubber sheet 111A, etc.) and the peripheral speed. Drive and rotate.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 and the rubber sheets 111A and 111B immediately after being overlapped pass between the two pairs of upper and lower rollers 157 and 158, the rubber sheets 111A and 111B are interposed between the reinforcing fiber piece layers 113. In a mounted state, they are pressed against each other and pressed, whereby the reinforcing member 110 is manufactured.
  • the upper and lower rollers 157 and 158 are preferably heated to a temperature in the range of 50 to 100 ° C. The reason is that when the upper and lower rollers 157 and 158 are heated to this temperature range, the rubber of the rubber sheets 111A and 111B is plasticized without proceeding with the vulcanization of the rubber sheets 111A and 111B, and the gap between the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 is increased. This is because the rubber can be adhered to the entire outer surface of each reinforcing fiber piece 112.
  • a bladder that expands or contracts by supplying or discharging a heating medium may be used as the crimping means. In this case, the rubber sheets 111A and 111B are bonded to each other by the expansion of the bladder. Press and crimp.
  • a rotatable entanglement roller 162 having a plurality of protrusions 161 on the outer periphery parallel to the pulley 124 is disposed immediately above the rubber sheet 111A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113. ing.
  • a support roller 163 that is in parallel with the entanglement roller 162 and is in rolling contact with the lower surface of the conveying portion 125a of the conveyor belt 125 is installed.
  • the support roller 163 conveys the rubber sheet 111A. It supports from below via the part 125a.
  • Both ends in the axial direction of the entanglement roller 162 and the support roller 163 are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 122, but the entanglement roller 162 is given a driving force from a drive mechanism (not shown).
  • the entanglement roller 162 is driven and rotated at a peripheral speed at the tip of the protrusion 161 at the same speed as the traveling speed of the conveyor belt 125.
  • the tip of the protrusion 161 pushes a part of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 conveyed by the main conveyor 123 to the rubber sheet 111A side, and a part of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 is pushed.
  • some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 are partially entangled with each other.
  • the radial length of the protrusion 161 is preferably in the range of 1 to 100 mm.
  • Reference numeral 166 denotes a crushing roller installed between the spraying position P and the supply position D, here between the entanglement roller 162 and the supply position D.
  • the crushing roller 166 is connected to the entanglement roller 162. While extending in parallel, both ends in the axial direction are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 122. A driving force is applied to the crushing roller 166 from the driving mechanism. As a result, the crushing roller 166 can rotate at a peripheral speed on the outer surface thereof at the same speed as the traveling speed of the conveyor belt 125. it can.
  • a support roller 167 that is in rolling contact with the lower surface of the conveying portion 125a of the conveyor belt 125 is installed directly below the crushing roller 166 in parallel with the crushing roller 166.
  • the support roller 167 supports the rubber sheet 111 ⁇ / b> A from below via the conveyance unit 125 a, and both end portions in the axial direction are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 122.
  • This crushing roller 166 presses the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 against the rubber sheet 111A when the rubber sheet 111A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 pass between the crushing roller 166 and the support roller 167, and the reinforcing fiber piece layer Crush 113 slightly in the thickness direction as a whole.
  • the position of the reinforcing fiber piece 112 on the rubber sheet 111A is further stabilized.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece 112 on the rubber sheet 111A is The movement, in particular, the fall from the both ends of the rubber sheet 111A can be strongly suppressed.
  • the entanglement roller 162 may be installed in front of the crushing roller 166, contrary to the above.
  • the reinforcing member 110 obtained according to the present invention is cut into two at the center in the longitudinal direction to become a final material. That is, the reinforcing member 110 obtained as described above is directed from the center in the width direction to both outer sides, and the basis weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 is low. Thus, a material having an increased or decreased basis weight density can be obtained.
  • the rubber sheets 111A and 111B can be pressed and pressed together with the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 interposed therebetween, and then cut at the center in the width direction. If there is, there is no particular limitation.
  • a guide member 146 having an asymmetric shape as shown in FIG. 12C is used, a reinforcing member whose weight density increases or decreases from one end to the other end in the width direction is directly Since it is obtained, a cutting process becomes unnecessary.
  • this vibration generating mechanism can be the same as those in the first embodiment, and there is no particular limitation.
  • the reinforcing fiber 114 is sent out in the direction of the fixed frame 122 by the transport unit 132.
  • the rubber sheet 111A is supplied to the main conveyor 123 from the rear side.
  • the rubber sheet 111A supplied to the main conveyor 123 in this way travels forward from the conveying unit 125a and is conveyed from below by the conveying unit 125a. It is conveyed toward the front while being supported.
  • the reinforcing fiber 114 is cut at the front end of the lower blade 129 by the upper blade 128 and the lower blade 129 to form a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 112 and falls onto the rubber sheet 111A.
  • the supply amount of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 per unit time is adjusted to a predetermined value by the conveyance speed of the reinforcing fibers 114.
  • the dropped reinforcing fiber pieces 112 fall on the rubber sheet 111A, here at the spraying position P while spreading slightly in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet, and are sprayed uniformly and in a random orientation.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 are spread on the rubber sheet 111A by dropping the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 from above the rubber sheet 111A, the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 can be easily and reliably attached to the rubber sheet 111A. Can be sprayed on top.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 are guided by the guide body 146, and scattering of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 to both sides is effectively prevented. Further, the reinforcing fiber piece 112 is formed from the center in the width direction of the rubber sheet 111A by a portion (the enlarged diameter portion 146A) of the guide body 146 where the width along the width direction of the rubber sheet 111A gradually increases from the upper side to the lower side. It falls in a random orientation direction on the rubber sheet 111A in a density distribution such that the density decreases toward the outside. Furthermore, if vibration is applied to the conveyor belt 125 to vibrate the rubber sheet 111A, the agglomeration of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 can be more effectively suppressed.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 112 extending in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 111A on the rubber sheet 111A. Is formed.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 is conveyed forward together with the rubber sheet 111A by running of the conveyor belt 125 and passes between the entanglement roller 162 and the support roller 163. At this time, the protrusion of the entanglement roller 162 The front end portion 161 pushes a part of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 toward the rubber sheet 111A, deforms some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112, and partially entangles the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 with each other. The position of the reinforcing fiber piece 112 on 111A is stabilized.
  • the rubber sheet 111A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 are conveyed by the conveyor belt 125 and supplied to the crushing roller 166 and the supporting roller 167.
  • the rubber sheet 111A and the supporting roller 167 are interposed between the crushing roller 166 and the supporting roller 167.
  • the crushing roller 166 presses the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 against the rubber sheet 111A to slightly crush the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 in the thickness direction as a whole, and on the rubber sheet 111A.
  • the position of the reinforcing fiber piece 112 is further stabilized.
  • the rubber sheet 111A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 are conveyed to the supply position D by the conveyor belt 125, the rubber sheet 111B unwound from the winding roll 151 of the supply means 153 is supplied onto the rubber sheet 111A from above and overlapped.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 is interposed between the rubber sheets 111A and 111B.
  • the rubber sheets 111A and 111B and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 are supplied to the upper and lower rollers 157 and 158 by the conveyor belt 125.
  • the rubber sheets 111A and 111B and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 pass between the upper and lower rollers 157 and 158, the rubber sheets 111A and 111B are pressed against each other with the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 interposed between them and pressure bonded. Then, the reinforcing member 110 is manufactured. The reinforcing member 110 is further cut at the center in the longitudinal direction to obtain a final reinforcing material in which the basis density increases or decreases from one end to the other end in the width direction.
  • the reinforcing member 110 manufactured in this way is vulcanized and cut into a predetermined length, and is used for the above-described applications.
  • FIG. 14 is a partially cutaway front view showing still another embodiment of the reinforcing member manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus of the present invention
  • FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view taken along line III-III in FIG.
  • a reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 212 obtained by cutting reinforcing fibers into a predetermined length is interposed between a pair of strip-like unvulcanized rubber sheets 211A and 211B as shown in FIG.
  • the present invention relates to an improvement in technology when manufacturing the reinforcing member 210.
  • the reinforcing member 210 includes a belt-like rubber sheet 211A made of unvulcanized rubber, a belt-like rubber sheet 211B made of unvulcanized rubber superimposed on the rubber sheet 211A and press-bonded, and these rubber sheets 211A and 211B. It is formed from a reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 212 interposed therebetween.
  • the rubber sheets 211A and 211B have the same width.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 has substantially the same width as the rubber sheets 211A and 211B, and is disposed so as to extend in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheets 211A and 211B.
  • the rubber sheet 211A, 211B uses a rubber sheet whose temperature has dropped to room temperature.
  • the rubber constituting the rubber sheets 211A and 211B can be appropriately selected from rubber types conventionally used for reinforcing member applications such as tires, and is particularly limited. is not. Specifically, for example, a general-purpose rubber similar to that in the first embodiment can be used. Further, the thicknesses of the rubber sheets 211A and 211B can be the same as those in the first embodiment, and are not particularly limited.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 has a layer shape in which a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 212 are distributed substantially uniformly while intersecting at a plurality of locations.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 in the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 are not intertwined in a complicated manner like a non-woven fabric, extend in a straight line, and simply overlap each other, and are hardly intertwined.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece 212 may extend in a curved shape such as an arc shape or an S shape.
  • these reinforcing fiber pieces 212 are substantially oriented in one direction, fall down on the rubber sheet 211A, and extend parallel to the upper surface thereof.
  • the reinforcing member 210 is suitable for reinforcement in a specific direction. Even when the reinforcing member 210 is cut and used, a reinforcing fiber piece having a very small cross-sectional area is formed at the cut end of the reinforcing member 210. Since only a large number of the cut surfaces 212 are exposed, it does not become a nucleus of crack generation.
  • the strength of the reinforcing member 210 can be easily adjusted by adjusting the density (weight density) of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 in the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213.
  • the vulcanized reinforcing member 210 can be suitably applied to a belt layer, a carcass layer, a wire chafer, a conveyor belt, a rubber crawler for a crawler vehicle, etc. that constitute a pneumatic tire.
  • the length (predetermined length) of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 after cutting, the diameter, and the basis weight (mass per 1 m 2 ) of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 may be the same as those in the first embodiment. There is no particular limitation.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces used for the reinforcing member have a single length and a diameter, but a plurality of types of lengths and diameters.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces may be mixed and used, but those having a length and a diameter within the above range are preferably used.
  • the length of the reinforcing fiber piece is too long, the uniformity of the reinforcing member is impaired.
  • the tire shape and the tire rigidity are uniform in the circumferential direction, which is a component that determines uniformity. It is not preferable from the point that property falls.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the reinforcing fiber is basically circular, but a polygonal shape such as an ellipse or a triangle may be used.
  • any material may be used as the reinforcing fiber, and it can be appropriately selected from various materials usually used for reinforcing members such as tires.
  • the same inorganic fibers and organic fibers as in the first embodiment can be mentioned, and among them, it is preferable to use inorganic fibers, particularly steel filaments.
  • the reinforcing fiber is embedded in rubber to form a reinforcing member, as in the first embodiment, plating or adhesive treatment is performed in order to ensure adhesion with rubber. It is necessary to be.
  • the conditions for plating and adhesive treatment can be the same as those in the first embodiment, and are not particularly limited.
  • the illustrated manufacturing apparatus has a fixed frame 222 that is fixed on the floor surface 221 and extends in the front-rear direction, and a main conveyor 223 that extends in the front-rear direction is attached to the lower portion of the fixed frame 222.
  • the main conveyor 223 includes a pair of pulleys 224 rotatably supported on the front end and the rear end of the fixed frame 222, and a conveyor belt 225 that extends between the pair of pulleys 224 and extends in the front-rear direction.
  • a driving force is applied to one of the pair of pulleys 224 from a driving mechanism such as a motor (not shown).
  • the transport unit 225a located on the upper side of the conveyor belt 225 can travel forward.
  • the conveyance unit 225a When the conveyance unit 225a is traveling forward, if the rubber sheet 211A is supplied onto the conveyance unit 225a from the rear side by a supply unit (not shown), the rubber sheet 211A is supported from below by the conveyance unit 225a. It is conveyed toward the front.
  • cutting means comprising an upper blade 228 and a lower blade 229 is attached to the upper end portion of the rear end portion of the fixed frame 222 via support portions 230 and 231.
  • a transport unit 232 for transporting the reinforcing fibers 214 is disposed.
  • the reinforcing fibers 214 may be fed out and conveyed by a roller (not shown) on the conveyance unit 232 or may be conveyed using a conveyor similar to the main conveyor 223.
  • the transport unit 232 and the rollers or conveyors as a whole constitute spraying means for spraying a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 212 onto the rubber sheet 211A to form the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213.
  • the reinforcing fibers 214 mechanically conveyed forward on the conveying unit 232 are cut at the front end of the lower blade 229 by the upper blade 228 and the lower blade 229 to form a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 212 on the rubber sheet 211A. Fall.
  • the front end of the lower blade 229 is located immediately above the rear end portion of the main conveyor 223.
  • a cutting means for cutting the reinforcing fiber 214 into the reinforcing fiber piece 212 and a spreading means for spreading the cut reinforcing fiber piece 212 on the rubber sheet 211A are integrally provided, Since the cutting step and the spraying step are performed continuously, the reinforcing fiber pieces are not entangled with each other because the reinforcing fiber pieces are not cut in advance, and the need for opening is not generated. Further, if the reinforcing fiber 214 is unwound at a constant speed and cut at a constant speed, the cut reinforcing fiber piece 212 can be obtained at a constant speed, so that a certain amount can be easily obtained at a constant time. The reinforcing fiber piece 212 can be supplied.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces are not entangled with each other, and it is not necessary to pass through a fiber opening machine. Therefore, if the reinforcing fiber 212 pieces cut at a constant speed are spread on the rubber sheet 211A, the reinforcing member 210 having a uniform density can be easily obtained.
  • the amount of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 produced by cutting is adjusted to a predetermined value by setting the conveying speed of the reinforcing fiber 214.
  • the number of the reinforcing fibers 214 to be conveyed can be a predetermined number based on the supply amount of the target reinforcing fiber pieces 212 and the width of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 dropped from the conveying unit 232 are spread (spread) on the rubber sheet 211A at the spreading position P of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 with respect to the rubber sheet 211A via a guide body 246 described later. Since the dispersion of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 and the conveyance of the rubber sheet 211A are continuously performed as described above, the reinforcement composed of the plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12 and extending in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A is provided on the rubber sheet 211A. A fiber piece layer 213 is formed.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 is formed by spreading a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 212 in advance on the rubber sheet 211A, the reinforcing fiber piece 212 after spreading is laid down by the flat rubber sheet 211A. Supported from below. As a result, the distribution of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 can be easily made uniform. Further, since the reinforcing member 210 can be manufactured simply by spreading the reinforcing fiber pieces 212, supplying the rubber sheet 211A, and pressing, the manufacturing cost of the apparatus can be reduced.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer to be formed is changed.
  • the basis weight of 213 can be easily adjusted.
  • the supply amount of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 per unit time is m (g / s), the width (target width) of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 to be formed on the rubber sheet 211A is d (m), and the conveyor belt 225
  • the traveling speed is a speed V (m / s)
  • the basis weight ⁇ (weight per unit area (g / m 2 )) of the reinforcing member 210 that can be manufactured by the present apparatus is represented by the following formula.
  • m / Vd
  • the rubber sheet 211A is placed on the support base and stopped, while the spraying means installed above the rubber sheet 211A is moved in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A by the spraying means.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 may be dispersed on the rubber sheet 211A.
  • Reference numeral 246 denotes a guide body installed between the spraying means and the rubber sheet 211A.
  • the guide body 246 is attached to the fixed frame 222 via a mounting plate 247.
  • the guide body 246 is narrower than at least the rubber sheet 211A, opens only in the vertical direction, and has a passage inside.
  • the width of the guide body 246 along the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A is formed so as to have a narrowed portion 246A that is narrower at the lower end than the upper end and gradually decreases from the upper side to the lower side.
  • the guide body 246 has a narrowed portion 246A in which the width along the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A is narrower at the lower end than the upper end, and the width gradually decreases from the upper side to the lower side.
  • the fiber pieces 212 are prevented from facing in the direction along the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A, and the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 are oriented in the width direction of the rubber sheet 211A. Thereby, it becomes possible to disperse all the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 in a predetermined orientation direction within a target range on the rubber sheet 211A.
  • FIGS. 17A to 17C show variations of the guide body 246.
  • the guide body 246 is opened only in the vertical direction, the width along the longitudinal direction (lateral direction in the drawing) of the rubber sheet 211A is narrower at the lower end than the upper end, and gradually decreases from the upper side to the lower side. It is sufficient if it has a throttle part to be used.
  • the orientation direction of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 is aligned with the width direction of the rubber sheet 211A by the narrowed portion 246A in which the width along the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A gradually decreases from the spreading means side toward the rubber sheet 211A side.
  • the shape of the narrowed portion 246A may be bilaterally symmetric in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A ((a) in the figure) or asymmetrical in the left and right ((b), (c) in the figure. )), And the outer shape of the cross section may be linear ((a), (b) in the figure) or curved ((c) in the figure).
  • the inclination angle ⁇ of the narrowed portion 246A is not particularly limited, but if the inclined angle ⁇ is too small, the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 are deposited on the upper portion of the narrowed portion 246A, so ⁇ is 5 ° or more. It is preferable.
  • the guide body 246 preferably has a vertical portion 246B below the throttle portion 246A, where the width along the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A does not vary.
  • the vertical portion 246B By providing the vertical portion 246B on the rubber sheet 211A side from the narrowed portion 246A, the orientation direction of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 aligned in the width direction of the rubber sheet 211A is narrowed, and the rubber sheet is maintained in this state. 211A can be dropped. If the vertical portion 246B is not provided, the direction of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 may be disturbed and fall as shown in FIG.
  • the width d of the lower end portion of the guide body 246 in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A is preferably 1.0 times or less, particularly 0.5 to 0.8 times the length of the reinforcing fiber piece 212. If the width d of the guide body 246 is too wide, the degree of freedom of movement of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A increases, and thus it is difficult to limit the orientation direction.
  • the preferable range of the width d of the guide body 246 varies depending on the length of the reinforcing fiber piece 212.
  • the distance h1 from the lower end of the guide body 246 to the rubber sheet 211A is preferably 1.0 times or less, particularly 0.5 to 0.9 times the length of the reinforcing fiber piece 212.
  • the distance h1 is preferably 1.0 times or less, particularly 0.5 to 0.9 times the length of the reinforcing fiber piece 212.
  • the length h2 of the vertical portion 246B is preferably 0.8 times or more, particularly 1.0 to 1.5 times the length of the reinforcing fiber piece 212.
  • the provision of the vertical portion 246B is important for restricting the orientation direction of the reinforcing fiber 212.
  • the length h2 of the portion 246B is preferably within the above range. The preferred range of the distance h2 also varies depending on the length of the reinforcing fiber piece 212.
  • a generating means for generating a magnetic field or an electric field is installed in the guide body 246, or an adjusting plate having a plurality of slits is installed. You can also
  • Reference numeral 250 is a support base attached to the upper end of the fixed frame 222 in front of the spraying means, and a long and continuous rubber sheet 211B is wound on the support base 250 in a roll shape many times.
  • 251 is rotatably supported.
  • the rubber sheet 211 ⁇ / b> B unwound from the winding roll 251 is guided by a plurality of guide rollers 252 that are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 222 immediately below the winding roll 251, and a supply position that is positioned in front of the spraying position P.
  • D supply position of the rubber sheet 211B to the rubber sheet 211A
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 is interposed between the rubber sheets 211A and 211B. Be dressed.
  • the means 253 is configured.
  • an extruder or a calender roll device may be used as a supply means for supplying the rubber sheets 211A and 211B to the main conveyor 223.
  • the rubber sheet 211A having a high temperature immediately after molding is used.
  • 211B are supplied to the main conveyor 223.
  • Reference numeral 256 denotes a pressure-bonding means installed immediately before the supply position D.
  • the pressure-bonding means 256 has two pairs of an upper roller 257 and a lower roller 258 that are vertically separated, and these two pairs of upper and lower rollers 257, 258. Are arranged at a predetermined distance in the front-rear direction. Both ends of these two upper rollers 257 are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 222, and are in rolling contact with the upper surface of the rubber sheet 211B superimposed on the rubber sheet 211A. On the other hand, both ends of the two lower rollers 258 are supported by the fixed frame 222 so as to be free to rotate, and are in rolling contact with the lower surface of the transport unit 225a of the conveyor belt 225.
  • a driving force is applied to the upper roller 257 from a driving mechanism (not shown), whereby the upper roller 257 has a traveling speed of the conveyor belt 225 (conveying speed of the rubber sheet 211A, etc.) and a peripheral speed at the same speed.
  • the upper roller 257 has a traveling speed of the conveyor belt 225 (conveying speed of the rubber sheet 211A, etc.) and a peripheral speed at the same speed.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 and the rubber sheets 211A and 211B immediately after being overlapped pass between the two pairs of upper and lower rollers 257 and 258, the rubber sheets 211A and 211B are interposed between the reinforcing fiber piece layers 213. In a mounted state, they are pressed against each other and pressed, whereby the reinforcing member 210 is manufactured.
  • the upper and lower rollers 257 and 258 are preferably heated to a temperature in the range of 50 to 100 ° C. The reason is that when the upper and lower rollers 257 and 258 are heated to this temperature range, the rubber of the rubber sheets 211A and 211B is plasticized without proceeding with the vulcanization of the rubber sheets 211A and 211B, and the gap between the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 is increased. This is because the rubber can be adhered to the entire outer surface of each reinforcing fiber piece 212.
  • a bladder that expands or contracts by supplying or discharging a heating medium may be used as the crimping means. In this case, the rubber sheets 211A and 211B are pressed against each other by the expansion of the bladder. And crimp.
  • a rotatable entanglement roller 262 having a plurality of protrusions 261 on the outer periphery and parallel to the pulley 224 is disposed immediately above the rubber sheet 211A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213. ing.
  • a support roller 263 that is parallel to the entanglement roller 262 and is in rolling contact with the lower surface of the conveyor unit 225a of the conveyor belt 225 is installed. The support roller 263 conveys the rubber sheet 211A. It is supported from below via the part 225a.
  • Both ends of the entanglement roller 262 and the support roller 263 in the axial direction are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 222, but the entanglement roller 262 is given a driving force from a drive mechanism (not shown).
  • the entanglement roller 262 is driven and rotated at a peripheral speed at the tip of the protrusion 261 at the same speed as the traveling speed of the conveyor belt 225.
  • the tip portion of the protrusion 261 pushes a part of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 conveyed by the main conveyor 223 toward the rubber sheet 211A, so that a part of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 is moved.
  • some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 are partially entangled with each other.
  • the radial length of the protrusion 261 is preferably in the range of 1 to 100 mm.
  • Reference numeral 266 denotes a crushing roller installed between the spraying position P and the supply position D, here between the entanglement roller 262 and the supply position D.
  • the crushing roller 266 is connected to the entanglement roller 262. Both ends in the axial direction extend in parallel and are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 222. A driving force is applied to the crushing roller 266 from the driving mechanism. As a result, the crushing roller 266 can rotate at a peripheral speed on the outer surface thereof at the same speed as the traveling speed of the conveyor belt 225. it can.
  • a support roller 267 is provided in parallel with the crushing roller 266 so as to be in rolling contact with the lower surface of the conveying unit 225a of the conveyor belt 225.
  • the support roller 267 supports the rubber sheet 211A from below via the conveyance unit 225a, and both axial ends thereof are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 222.
  • the crushing roller 266 presses the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 against the rubber sheet 211A when the rubber sheet 211A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 pass between the crushing roller 266 and the support roller 267, thereby reinforcing the reinforcing fiber piece layer. Crush 213 slightly in the thickness direction as a whole.
  • the position of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 on the rubber sheet 211A is further stabilized.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece 212 on the rubber sheet 211A has a small coefficient of friction. Movement, in particular, dropping from the both side ends of the rubber sheet 211A can be strongly suppressed.
  • the entanglement roller 262 may be installed in front of the crushing roller 266 in the opposite manner.
  • the vibration generating mechanism for vibrating the rubber sheet 211A.
  • the conditions of the vibration generating mechanism can be the same as those in the first embodiment, and are not particularly limited.
  • the reinforcing fiber 214 is sent out in the direction of the fixed frame 222 by the transport unit 232.
  • the rubber sheet 211A is supplied to the main conveyor 223 from the rear side.
  • the rubber sheet 211A supplied to the main conveyor 223 in this way travels forward from the conveyance unit 225a, and is conveyed from below by the conveyance unit 225a. It is conveyed toward the front while being supported.
  • the reinforcing fiber 214 is cut by the upper blade 228 and the lower blade 229 at the front end of the lower blade 229 to form a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 212 and falls onto the rubber sheet 211A.
  • the supply amount of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 per unit time is adjusted to a predetermined value by the conveyance speed of the reinforcing fiber 214.
  • the dropped reinforcing fiber pieces 212 fall on the rubber sheet 211A, here at the spraying position P, slightly spreading in the width direction of the rubber sheet, and sprayed uniformly.
  • the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 are sprayed onto the rubber sheet 211A by dropping the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 from above the rubber sheet 211A, the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 can be easily and reliably attached to the rubber sheet 211A. Can be sprayed on top.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece 212 is guided by the guide body 246, and scattering of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 to both sides is effectively prevented. Further, the reinforcing fiber piece 212 has a guide body 246 whose rubber is aligned in the orientation direction by the narrowed portion 246A in which the width along the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A gradually decreases from the upper side to the lower side, and further the vertical portion 246B thereafter. The sheet 211A is aligned and squeezed in the width direction, and uniformly falls on the rubber sheet 211A in a fixed orientation direction.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 configured with a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 212 extending in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A on the rubber sheet 211A. Is formed.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 is transported forward together with the rubber sheet 211A by running of the conveyor belt 225 and passes between the entanglement roller 262 and the support roller 263. At this time, the protrusion of the entanglement roller 262 The tip of 261 pushes a part of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 toward the rubber sheet 211A, deforms some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212, and partially entangles the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 with each other. The position of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 on 211A is stabilized.
  • the rubber sheet 211A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 are conveyed by the conveyor belt 225 and supplied to the crushing roller 266 and the supporting roller 267.
  • the rubber sheet 211A and the supporting roller 267 are interposed between the crushing roller 266 and the supporting roller 267.
  • the crushing roller 266 presses the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 against the rubber sheet 211A, slightly crushing the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 in the thickness direction as a whole, and on the rubber sheet 211A.
  • the position of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 is further stabilized.
  • the rubber sheet 211A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 are conveyed to the supply position D by the conveyor belt 225, the rubber sheet 211B unwound from the winding roll 251 of the supply means 253 is supplied onto the rubber sheet 211A from above and overlapped.
  • the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 is interposed between the rubber sheets 211A and 211B.
  • the rubber sheets 211A and 211B and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 are supplied to the upper and lower rollers 257 and 258 by the conveyor belt 225.
  • the reinforcing member 210 is manufactured.
  • the reinforcing member 210 manufactured in this way is vulcanized and cut into a predetermined length and used for the above-described applications.
  • Example 1 In the tire size 155 / 65R13, a reinforcing member that satisfies the conditions shown in the following table in the region from the end of the belt layer to the vicinity of the upper end of the bead core on the outer side of the carcass ply of the sidewall portion in the tire circumferential direction
  • This reinforcing member was composed of a steel filament plated according to a conventional method and a rubber covering the steel filament, and the thickness was 1.0 mm.
  • the steel filament does not extend continuously between the widthwise ends of the reinforcing layer, i.e., at least one end of which is terminated in the reinforcing layer and is perpendicular to the reinforcing layer.
  • a reinforcing fiber piece having a continuously changing basis weight density was used as a reinforcing member in the material stage before pasting.
  • One carcass ply cord material: PET, cord structure: two twists
  • a reinforcing cord material: steel cord ( ⁇ 0.30 mm), structure: 1 ⁇ 3) arranged at an angle of 22 ° with respect to the tire circumferential direction at a driving number of 30/50 mm. Two layers were crossed.
  • ⁇ Weight index of reinforcing member> The weight of the used reinforcing member was measured for each test tire.
  • a sheet-like material of about 1100 mm ⁇ about 90 mm is used, and the weight of the reinforcing member indicates the weight.
  • Conventional Examples 1-1 and 1-2 the weight of the rubber attached to the side portion was measured. The results were expressed as an index with the weight of Conventional Example 1-1 as 100. The smaller the value, the lighter and better.
  • ⁇ Tire weight index> The weight of each test tire was measured and displayed as an index with the weight of Conventional Example 1-1 as 100. The smaller the value, the lighter and better.
  • ⁇ Steering stability> A vehicle with each test tire mounted on four wheels was subjected to a straight line, lane change, and cornering to comprehensively evaluate steering stability. The results are shown as an index value with the level of the control tire (conventional example 1-1) taken as 100 by calculating the average value of two test drivers. In the calculation, the figures after the decimal point are rounded off. At this time, the difference between the tire of the conventional example 1-1 and the tire of the conventional example 1-2 that does not have a reinforcing member was set to 15. The higher the number, the better the result.
  • ⁇ Cut resistance> A piece of metal square column of 8cm is placed on the road surface, each test tire is mounted on the front wheel of the test vehicle, the internal pressure is adjusted to 100kPa, and the average load is 300kg at an angle of about 30 degrees.
  • a test was carried out on this square pillar. Starting with a speed of 30 km / h, the test speed is increased by 5 km / h, the speed at which the ply cord breaks in the side portion is the tire cutting speed, and the conventional example 1-1 is displayed as an index of 100. did. The larger this value, the better the cut resistance and the better.
  • Example 2 Using a device as shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, a steel filament (wire diameter of 0.15 mm) is predetermined between a pair of strip-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets (each thickness of 0.5 mm) according to the conditions shown in the following table. A reinforcing member in which a reinforcing fiber piece layer composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces cut into lengths was interposed was manufactured. In Examples 2-4 and 2-7, a vibration generating device was provided on the conveyor belt, and the rubber sheet on the conveyor belt was vibrated when the reinforcing fiber pieces were dispersed. Moreover, the conditions at the time of pressure bonding of a pair of rubber sheets were set to a pressure of 2 MPa, 80 ° C., and 60 seconds.
  • Examples 2-1, 2-3, and 2-6 the scattering of the reinforcing fiber pieces slightly occurred, whereas in Examples 2-2 and 2-5, the desired basis weight was obtained. The density was obtained, and the uniformity of the reinforcing fibers was at a level with no problem. Further, in Examples 2-4 and 2-7, the desired density per unit area was obtained, and the uniformity of the reinforcing fibers was very good.
  • Example 3 Using a device as shown in FIGS. 9 and 10, a steel filament (wire diameter of 0.15 mm) is predetermined between a pair of strip-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets (each thickness of 0.5 mm) according to the conditions shown in the following table. A reinforcing member in which a reinforcing fiber piece layer composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces cut into lengths was interposed was manufactured.
  • the diameter-expanded portion had a linear cross-sectional shape
  • Example 3-11 the diameter-expanded portion A cross-sectional shape having a curved shape was used.
  • variety along the longitudinal direction of a rubber sheet used what is the same from an upper end part to a lower end part.
  • the conditions at the time of pressure bonding of a pair of rubber sheets were set to a pressure of 2 MPa, 80 ° C., and 60 seconds.
  • the density nonuniformity a was calculated based on the following formula.
  • the density nonuniformity a 1.5 may be aimed at.
  • a ( ⁇ B + ⁇ C) / ( ⁇ A + ⁇ D)
  • a steel filament (wire diameter of 0.15 mm) is predetermined between a pair of strip-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets (each thickness of 0.5 mm) according to the conditions shown in the following table.
  • a reinforcing member in which a reinforcing fiber piece layer composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces cut into lengths was interposed was manufactured.
  • As the guide body a shape as shown in FIG. 17A is used for each example, and for the comparative example, the width along the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet is the same from the upper end to the lower end. A thing was used.
  • the conditions at the time of pressure bonding of a pair of rubber sheets were set to a pressure of 2 MPa, 80 ° C., and 60 seconds.
  • Comparative Example 4 the standard deviation of the angle of the reinforcing fiber piece is considerably large. Since the standard deviation is 60 ° in ideal random spraying, it can be seen that the reinforcing fiber pieces are sprayed randomly in Comparative Example 4. Compared with this, the orientation was significantly improved in each example, and in particular, in Examples 4-1 to 4-4 and Examples 4-6 to 4-9, good orientation was obtained. . Further, in Examples 4-1 and 4-6, the width on the exit side of the guide body is narrower than those in Examples 4-2 and 4-7, respectively, but the effect of the narrowing is saturated, and the orientation is In this respect, it can be seen that it is not much different from Examples 4-2 and 4-7.

Abstract

Provided is a pneumatic tire manufacturing method that enables a reinforcing effect to be more effectively obtained in terms of cost and weight. Also provided is a pneumatic tire that achieves a desired reinforcing effect while satisfying basic performance as a tire. The method for manufacturing a pneumatic tire involves disposing reinforcement members, which are formed by placing layers of reinforcing fiber pieces comprising a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces, which are obtained by cutting reinforcing fibers at a predetermined length, between a pair of strip-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets, on the sidewalls in the circumferential direction of the tire. When manufacturing a raw tire, in a tire molding step conducted prior to an extension step, the reinforcing members are attached to the sidewalls in such a manner that the density of the reinforcing fibers has a density gradient that is higher at the end on the tread section side than on the end on the bead section side.

Description

空気入りタイヤの製造方法および空気入りタイヤ、並びに、補強部材の製造方法および製造装置Pneumatic tire manufacturing method and pneumatic tire, and reinforcing member manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus
 本発明は空気入りタイヤの製造方法および空気入りタイヤ(以下、単に「製造方法」および「タイヤ」とも称する)に関し、詳しくは、材料段階における補強部材の構造の改良に係る空気入りタイヤの製造方法および空気入りタイヤに関する。本発明は、乗用車用タイヤの他、トラック、バス等の重荷重用車両に用いられる重荷重用タイヤにおいても有用である。 The present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a pneumatic tire and a pneumatic tire (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “manufacturing method” and “tire”), and more particularly, to a method for manufacturing a pneumatic tire according to an improvement in the structure of a reinforcing member in a material stage. And a pneumatic tire. The present invention is useful not only for passenger car tires but also for heavy duty tires used in heavy duty vehicles such as trucks and buses.
 また、本発明は補強部材の製造方法および製造装置(以下、単に「製造方法」および「製造装置」とも称する)に関し、詳しくは、空気入りタイヤ等の補強に好適に用いられる補強部材の製造方法および製造装置の改良に関する。 The present invention also relates to a method and apparatus for manufacturing a reinforcing member (hereinafter also simply referred to as “manufacturing method” and “manufacturing apparatus”), and more specifically, a method for manufacturing a reinforcing member that is suitably used for reinforcing a pneumatic tire or the like. And improvement of manufacturing equipment.
 従来より、空気入りタイヤにおいては、ビード部からトレッド部にわたる各部位について、有機繊維コードやスチールコードを一定方向に引き揃えてゴム引きしてなる補強部材を配置して、補強を図ることが行われている。例えば、特許文献1には、サイドウォールの、カーカス層とベルト層との間に、有機繊維コードにゴム成分が含浸されてなるサイド補強層を配置することが開示されている。 Conventionally, in a pneumatic tire, reinforcement has been carried out by arranging a reinforcing member formed by aligning organic fiber cords or steel cords in a certain direction and rubberizing at each part from the bead portion to the tread portion. It has been broken. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses that a side reinforcing layer formed by impregnating a rubber component in an organic fiber cord is disposed between a carcass layer and a belt layer of a sidewall.
 また、サイドウォール部の補強に係る改良技術としては、例えば、特許文献2に、モノフィラメント繊維から成る不織布をゴムで被覆した繊維補強部材を、カーカス層の近傍に設置した空気入りラジアルタイヤが開示されており、特許文献3には、ラジアルカーカスのタイヤ幅方向内外に、不織布をゴム被覆して形成してなる補強層をそれぞれ設けて、これら補強層によりラジアルカーカスを挟み込んでなる空気入りラジアルタイヤが開示されている。さらに、特許文献4,5には、ランフラット走行性能を向上するために、サイドウォール部にゴム-フィラメント繊維複合体を配設した空気入り安全タイヤが開示されている。 Further, as an improved technique for reinforcing the sidewall portion, for example, Patent Document 2 discloses a pneumatic radial tire in which a fiber reinforcing member in which a nonwoven fabric made of monofilament fibers is covered with rubber is installed in the vicinity of the carcass layer. Patent Document 3 discloses a pneumatic radial tire in which a reinforcing layer formed by covering a nonwoven fabric with rubber is provided inside and outside the radial width of the radial carcass, and the radial carcass is sandwiched between these reinforcing layers. It is disclosed. Further, Patent Documents 4 and 5 disclose pneumatic safety tires in which rubber-filament fiber composites are disposed on the sidewall portions in order to improve run-flat running performance.
 しかしながら、従来一般的に使用されている補強部材は、有機繊維やスチールの単線または撚りコードを一定方向に引き揃えてなるゴム複合材からなるので、製造上、撚り線工程や引き揃え圧延工程などに多大な工数がかかるという難点があった。また、上記補強部材の端部には、ゴムとの接着作用を有しないコード切断面が一定間隔で並ぶ状態となるので、この切断面がコードとゴムとの剥離の起点となって、悪路走行や重荷重走行により、補強層端部を起点とするセパレーションが発生するおそれが避けられないという問題もあった。 However, the reinforcement member generally used in the past is made of a rubber composite material in which organic fibers or steel single wires or twisted cords are aligned in a certain direction. However, there was a difficulty that it took a lot of man-hours. In addition, since the cord cut surfaces that do not have an adhesive action with the rubber are arranged at regular intervals at the end portion of the reinforcing member, the cut surfaces serve as a starting point for the separation of the cord and the rubber, resulting in a rough road. There is also a problem that there is an unavoidable risk of separation starting from the end of the reinforcing layer due to running or heavy load running.
 一方で、タイヤの製造過程においては、ベルトやカーカスなどの製造時に、有機繊維やスチールの単線または撚りコードの端部が半端な長さで残ることになるが、上記補強部材においては補強コードの規則的な配置が必須となるので、このような半端な長さの端材は使用できず、廃棄処分せざるを得なかった。 On the other hand, in the manufacturing process of tires, when manufacturing belts, carcasses, etc., the ends of organic fibers or steel single wires or twisted cords remain with a half length. Since regular arrangement is indispensable, such a half-length end material cannot be used and must be disposed of.
 これに対し、本発明者らは、所定の条件を満足する長さの短い補強繊維を、ゴムにより被覆してなる補強部材を用いることで、上記のような問題なしで、タイヤとしての基本性能を満足しつつ所望の補強効果を実現した空気入りタイヤが得られることを見出した。ここで、かかる短い繊維を用いた補強材料としては、不織布が知られている。不織布の一般的な製造方法としては、開繊装置を用いる方法がある。開繊装置とは、針付ローラーの回転する中に、塊状の繊維を投入して、開繊し、シート状に散布するものである。シート状に散布された繊維は、最後に圧着ローラーで圧着されて、不織布の形態となる。このようにして作製される不織布は、製造上のばらつきはあるものの、全体として均一な密度を有する。 On the other hand, the present inventors use a reinforcing member formed by coating a short reinforcing fiber satisfying a predetermined condition with rubber, thereby preventing the basic performance as a tire without the above problems. It has been found that a pneumatic tire that achieves a desired reinforcing effect while satisfying the above can be obtained. Here, a nonwoven fabric is known as a reinforcing material using such short fibers. As a general method for producing a nonwoven fabric, there is a method using a fiber opening device. The fiber opening device is a device in which massive fibers are introduced while the needle roller rotates, and the fibers are opened and spread in a sheet form. The fibers dispersed in the form of a sheet are finally crimped by a crimping roller to form a nonwoven fabric. The non-woven fabric thus produced has a uniform density as a whole, although there are variations in manufacturing.
 また、空気入りタイヤを製造する際には、通常、部材を組立てて生タイヤを成形する成形工程後に、生タイヤを製品タイヤの形状に拡張する拡張工程を行う。この拡張工程においては、生タイヤのトレッド部側とビード部側とで拡張率が異なり、ビード部側と比較して、トレッド部側は大きく拡張される。そのため、上記のようにして製造された均一な密度を有する材料を、例えばサイド部に用いた場合、最終的に得られる製品タイヤにおいては、トレッド部側とビード部側とで繊維の密度に2倍近い差が生じ、トラック・バス等に用いられる重荷重用タイヤにおいては、その差は2倍以上にもなる。すなわち、この場合、ビード部側の繊維密度が過剰になって、必要以上の繊維を利用することになるので、コスト面や重量面において不利となる。 Also, when manufacturing a pneumatic tire, normally, after the forming process of assembling the members and forming the raw tire, an expansion process is performed to expand the raw tire into the shape of the product tire. In this expansion process, the expansion rate differs between the tread portion side and the bead portion side of the raw tire, and the tread portion side is greatly expanded as compared with the bead portion side. Therefore, when the material having a uniform density manufactured as described above is used for, for example, the side portion, the product tire finally obtained has a fiber density of 2 on the tread portion side and the bead portion side. The difference is nearly double, and in heavy-duty tires used for trucks and buses, the difference is twice or more. That is, in this case, the fiber density on the bead portion side becomes excessive and more fibers than necessary are used, which is disadvantageous in terms of cost and weight.
 よって、上記所定の条件を満足する補強部材を用いてタイヤの補強を行うにあたり、製品タイヤにおけるこのような補強繊維の密度の偏りを低減して、コスト面や重量面においてより効率よく補強効果を得ることを可能とする技術の確立が望まれていた。 Therefore, when reinforcing a tire using a reinforcing member that satisfies the above predetermined conditions, the unevenness of the density of the reinforcing fibers in the product tire is reduced, and the reinforcing effect is more efficiently in terms of cost and weight. It has been desired to establish a technology that can be obtained.
 また、従来より、一対のゴムシート間に、複数の短繊維を狭持させた補強部材を、空気入りタイヤに適用することは知られている。前述したように、かかる短繊維を用いた補強材料としては、不織布が知られており、不織布の一般的な製造方法としては、開繊装置を用いる方法がある。 Further, conventionally, it is known to apply a reinforcing member in which a plurality of short fibers are sandwiched between a pair of rubber sheets to a pneumatic tire. As described above, a nonwoven fabric is known as a reinforcing material using such short fibers, and a general method for producing a nonwoven fabric includes a method using a fiber opening device.
 短繊維を用いた補強部材をタイヤに適用する技術としては、例えば、特許文献6に、少なくとも1種類のゴムに短繊維を配合し、短繊維配向方向のモジュラスbとその直角方向のモジュラスaとの比b/aを1.5以上にしたゴム補強層を、タイヤショルダー部からビード部の少なくとも一部に、短繊維配向方向が互いに交差するように2層以上設け、略半量の短繊維をタイヤ周方向に対して+25°~+65°の角度で配置し、残りの短繊維をタイヤ周方向に対して-25°~-65°の角度で配置した空気入りタイヤが開示されている。 As a technique for applying a reinforcing member using a short fiber to a tire, for example, in Patent Document 6, a short fiber is blended with at least one kind of rubber, a modulus b in a short fiber orientation direction, and a modulus a in a direction perpendicular thereto. Two or more rubber reinforcing layers having a ratio b / a of 1.5 or more are provided on at least a part of the bead portion from the tire shoulder portion so that the short fiber orientation directions intersect with each other, and approximately half of the short fibers are provided. A pneumatic tire is disclosed in which the tire is disposed at an angle of + 25 ° to + 65 ° with respect to the tire circumferential direction, and the remaining short fibers are disposed at an angle of −25 ° to −65 ° with respect to the tire circumferential direction.
 また、繊維補強樹脂シートの散布工程を含む従来技術として、例えば、特許文献7には、多数の連続長繊維に熱可塑性樹脂粉末を付着させたシート状樹脂含有繊維材の上に、多数の連続長繊維で補強された繊維補強熱可塑性樹脂シートの短冊状切断片を、この短冊状切断片の繊維の配向方向が上記シート状樹脂含有繊維材の繊維の配向方向と一致しないように散布し、これを加熱加圧して熱可塑性樹脂を溶融させ一体化する繊維複合シートの製造方法が開示されている。さらに、特許文献8には、強化繊維を実質的に一方向に引き揃えてなるチョップド繊維束を、連続した複数の繊維束を連続的に走行させ、走行途中の箇所に配された拡幅手段で、拡幅前の繊維束の幅W1と拡幅後の繊維束の幅W2との比率が所定範囲となるように繊維束を拡幅した後、拡幅した状態の複数の繊維束を同時に切断するチョップド繊維束の製造方法が開示されている。 Moreover, as a prior art including the dispersion | distribution process of a fiber reinforced resin sheet, for example, in patent document 7, on a sheet-like resin containing fiber material which made thermoplastic resin powder adhere to many continuous long fibers, many continuous A strip-shaped cut piece of a fiber-reinforced thermoplastic resin sheet reinforced with long fibers is dispersed so that the fiber orientation direction of the strip-shaped cut piece does not coincide with the fiber orientation direction of the sheet-shaped resin-containing fiber material, A method for producing a fiber composite sheet in which this is heated and pressurized to melt and integrate a thermoplastic resin is disclosed. Furthermore, in Patent Document 8, a chopped fiber bundle in which reinforcing fibers are substantially aligned in one direction is continuously run through a plurality of continuous fiber bundles, and widening means disposed in the middle of the run. A chopped fiber bundle that widens the fiber bundle so that the ratio between the width W1 of the fiber bundle before widening and the width W2 of the fiber bundle after widening is within a predetermined range, and then simultaneously cuts the plurality of widened fiber bundles. A manufacturing method is disclosed.
 さらにまた、特許文献9には、短繊維群がシートの長手方向に向けて配向された長尺の弾性シートに対し、この弾性シートの一面から他面にかけて所定寸法ごとに交互に向きを変えて切れ目を入れ、この切れ目に沿って交互に折り曲げ、積層・圧着することにより、両面に短繊維端が露呈する弾性体を成形する配向短繊維入り弾性体の成形方法が開示されている。さらにまた、特許文献10には、熱硬化性樹脂製品の予備成形品の生産時において繊維糸のマガジンロールから任意繊維方向の繊維束を反復供給する装置で、繊維糸用のニップを形成する第1と第2の従動送りローラ対を有しマガジンロールから繊維糸を供給する供給装置と繊維糸を所望の長さに切断する切断装置と切断装置の下流に配置された空圧駆動の繊維押出し装置より成り、第1の送りローラ対は第2の送りローラ対より僅かに低い送り速度で駆動され、繊維押出し装置は乱気流用空気路を有する長楕円形管スリーブを含んでいる任意繊維方向繊維束供給装置が開示されている。 Furthermore, in Patent Document 9, for a long elastic sheet in which short fiber groups are oriented in the longitudinal direction of the sheet, the orientation is alternately changed for each predetermined dimension from one surface to the other surface of the elastic sheet. A method for forming an elastic body containing oriented short fibers is disclosed in which a cut is made, and an elastic body in which short fiber ends are exposed on both sides is formed by alternately bending, laminating and pressing along the cut. Furthermore, Patent Document 10 discloses a device for repeatedly forming a fiber yarn nip by an apparatus for repeatedly supplying a fiber bundle in an arbitrary fiber direction from a magazine roll of fiber yarns during production of a thermosetting resin product preform. A supply device having a pair of first and second driven feed rollers for supplying fiber yarns from a magazine roll, a cutting device for cutting the fiber yarns to a desired length, and a pneumatically driven fiber extrusion disposed downstream of the cutting device An arbitrary fiber-directional fiber comprising a device, wherein the first feed roller pair is driven at a slightly lower feed rate than the second feed roller pair, and the fiber extrusion device comprises an oblong tube sleeve having a turbulent air passage A bundle feeder is disclosed.
 上述のように、一般的な不織布の製造方法としては、開繊装置を用いる方法があるが、開繊された短繊維を均一な密度で散布するためには、この短繊維を、散布手段の材料投入口に、均一な密度にて人手でセットしなければならない。あらかじめ切断された状態の短繊維を、均一密度で投入することは容易ではなく、短繊維を計量しながら、即時に投入していくことが必要となる。また、特に、補強繊維として、スチールワイヤの短繊維を用いた場合、短繊維同士が絡み合うと、容易には解し取れないので、一定重量の短繊維を機械的に計量し、取り出すことは極めて困難となる。 As described above, as a general method for producing a nonwoven fabric, there is a method using a fiber opening device. In order to spread the spread short fibers at a uniform density, the short fibers are dispersed by a spreading means. It must be manually set at the material inlet at a uniform density. It is not easy to feed the short fibers that have been cut in advance at a uniform density, and it is necessary to feed the short fibers immediately while measuring the short fibers. In particular, when steel fiber short fibers are used as the reinforcing fibers, if the short fibers are entangled with each other, they cannot be easily unraveled. It becomes difficult.
 よって、このような短繊維同士の絡み合いの問題を生ずることなく、一定時間に一定量の短繊維の供給が可能であって、均一な密度の補強部材を製造することができる技術の確立が望まれていた。 Therefore, establishment of a technique capable of supplying a certain amount of short fibers in a certain time without producing such a problem of entanglement between short fibers and manufacturing a reinforcing member having a uniform density is desired. It was rare.
 また、補強目的によっては、短繊維の密度を部位ごとに積極的に変えた補強部材が必要となる場合もあり、短繊維の密度が異なる部分を有する補強部材の実現も望まれていた。 Also, depending on the purpose of reinforcement, there may be a need for a reinforcing member in which the density of the short fibers is positively changed for each part, and the realization of a reinforcing member having a portion where the density of the short fibers is different has been desired.
 さらに、補強目的によっては、短繊維を一定の方向に配向させた補強部材が必要となる場合もあり、一定の方向に配向された短繊維により補強された補強部材の実現も望まれていた。 Furthermore, depending on the purpose of reinforcement, a reinforcing member in which short fibers are oriented in a certain direction may be required, and the realization of a reinforcing member reinforced by short fibers oriented in a certain direction has been desired.
特開2006-142877号公報(特許請求の範囲等)JP 2006-142877 A (Claims etc.) 特開平8-40023号公報(特許請求の範囲等)JP-A-8-40023 (Claims etc.) 特開2002-331808号公報(特許請求の範囲等)JP 2002-331808 A (claims, etc.) 特開平11-129712号公報(特許請求の範囲等)Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-129712 (claims, etc.) 特開平11-240307号公報(特許請求の範囲等)Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-240307 (claims, etc.) 特開平11-334323号公報(特許請求の範囲等)JP-A-11-334323 (Claims etc.) 特開平8-150691号公報(特許請求の範囲等)Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-150691 (claims, etc.) 特開2009-62648号公報(特許請求の範囲等)JP 2009-62648 A (Claims etc.) 特開平6-71776号公報(特許請求の範囲等)JP-A-6-71776 (claims, etc.) 特表平9-505023号公報(特許請求の範囲等)Japanese National Patent Publication No. 9-505023 (claims, etc.)
 そこで、本発明の目的は、安価にかつ容易に製造することができるとともに、従来は廃棄していた端材を活用することが可能な補強部材を用いてタイヤの補強を行うにあたり、コスト面や重量面においてより効率よく補強効果を得ることができる空気入りタイヤの製造方法を提供することにあり、これにより、タイヤとしての基本性能を満足しつつ、所望の補強効果を実現した空気入りタイヤを提供することにある。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to reduce the cost and the cost of reinforcing a tire using a reinforcing member that can be manufactured inexpensively and easily, and that can use the scrap material that has been discarded in the past. The object of the present invention is to provide a method of manufacturing a pneumatic tire that can obtain a reinforcing effect more efficiently in terms of weight, and thereby a pneumatic tire that achieves a desired reinforcing effect while satisfying the basic performance as a tire. It is to provide.
 また、本発明の他の目的は、所定長さの補強繊維片を用いた補強部材を製造するにあたり、補強繊維片同士の絡み合いの問題を生ずることなく、一定時間に一定量の補強繊維片の供給を可能として、均一な密度の補強部材を製造することができる補強部材の製造方法および製造装置を提供することにある。 Another object of the present invention is to manufacture a reinforcing member using reinforcing fiber pieces of a predetermined length, without causing a problem of entanglement between the reinforcing fiber pieces, and a certain amount of reinforcing fiber pieces in a certain time. An object of the present invention is to provide a reinforcing member manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus capable of supplying a reinforcing member having a uniform density.
 さらに、本発明のさらに他の目的は、所定長さの補強繊維片を用いた補強部材を製造するにあたり、補強繊維片同士の絡み合いの問題を生ずることなく、一定時間に一定量の補強繊維片の供給が可能であって、補強繊維片が、部位ごとに異なる均一な密度を有する補強部材を製造することができる補強部材の製造方法および製造装置を提供することにある。 Still another object of the present invention is to manufacture a reinforcing member using reinforcing fiber pieces of a predetermined length, without causing a problem of entanglement between the reinforcing fiber pieces, and a certain amount of reinforcing fiber pieces in a fixed time. Therefore, the reinforcing fiber piece can provide a reinforcing member manufacturing method and a manufacturing apparatus capable of manufacturing a reinforcing member having a uniform density that is different for each part.
 さらにまた、本発明のさらに他の目的は、所定長さの補強繊維片を用いた補強部材を製造するにあたり、補強繊維片同士の絡み合いの問題を生ずることなく、一定時間に一定量の補強繊維片の供給が可能であって、均一な密度で、かつ、補強繊維片が一定方向に配向された補強部材を製造することができる補強部材の製造方法および製造装置を提供することにある。 Still another object of the present invention is to produce a reinforcing member using a reinforcing fiber piece of a predetermined length, without causing a problem of entanglement between reinforcing fiber pieces, and a certain amount of reinforcing fiber in a certain time. It is an object of the present invention to provide a reinforcing member manufacturing method and a manufacturing apparatus capable of manufacturing a reinforcing member capable of supplying pieces and having a uniform density and reinforcing fiber pieces oriented in a certain direction.
 本発明者らは鋭意検討した結果、生タイヤの成形段階において、所定の条件を満足する補強繊維片を用いた特定構造の補強部材として、補強繊維片の目付け密度が、一方の端部で他方の端部に対して高くなるような密度勾配を有するものを用いることで、上記課題を解決できることを見出して、本発明を完成するに至った。 As a result of intensive studies, the present inventors have determined that the weight density of the reinforcing fiber piece is one end at the other end as a reinforcing member having a specific structure using the reinforcing fiber piece that satisfies a predetermined condition in the green tire molding stage. The present invention has been completed by finding that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by using a material having a density gradient that becomes higher with respect to the end of the substrate.
 すなわち、本発明の空気入りタイヤの製造方法は、左右一対のビード部およびサイドウォール部と、両サイドウォール部間に連なるトレッド部とを有し、該サイドウォール部に、一対の帯状未加硫ゴムシート間に、補強繊維を所定長に切断した複数の補強繊維片からなる補強繊維片層が介装されてなる補強部材が、タイヤ周方向に環状に配設されている空気入りタイヤの製造方法であって、
 生タイヤ作製時の、拡張工程前のタイヤ成型工程において、前記補強部材として、前記補強繊維片の目付け密度が、前記トレッド部側端部で前記ビード部側端部に対して高くなる密度勾配を有するものを、前記サイドウォール部に貼付することを特徴とするものである。
That is, the pneumatic tire manufacturing method of the present invention has a pair of left and right bead portions and sidewall portions, and a tread portion continuous between both sidewall portions, and a pair of strip-shaped unvulcanized portions on the sidewall portions. Manufacture of a pneumatic tire in which a reinforcing member formed by interposing a reinforcing fiber piece layer composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces obtained by cutting reinforcing fibers into a predetermined length between rubber sheets is annularly arranged in the tire circumferential direction A method,
In the tire molding process prior to the expansion process at the time of raw tire production, as the reinforcing member, the density density of the reinforcing fiber pieces is higher than the bead part side end part at the tread part side end part. What has it is stuck to the said side wall part, It is characterized by the above-mentioned.
 本発明の製造方法においては、前記補強部材として、前記補強繊維片の目付け密度が、前記トレッド部側端部で前記ビード部側端部に対して1.5倍以上となる密度勾配を有するものを用いることが好ましい。また、前記補強部材として、該補強部材の幅方向中心より前記トレッド部側と、前記ビード部側とで、前記補強繊維片の目付け密度が異なるものを用いることが好ましく、前記補強部材として、前記トレッド部側端部から前記ビード部側端部まで、前記補強繊維片の目付け密度が連続的に変化しているものを用いることも好ましい。 In the manufacturing method of the present invention, the reinforcing member has a density gradient in which the weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces is 1.5 times or more at the tread portion side end portion with respect to the bead portion side end portion. Is preferably used. Further, as the reinforcing member, it is preferable to use a material having a basis weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces that is different between the tread portion side and the bead portion side from the center in the width direction of the reinforcing member. It is also preferable to use one in which the weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces continuously changes from the tread portion side end portion to the bead portion side end portion.
 また、本発明の空気入りタイヤは、上記本発明の空気入りタイヤの製造方法により製造されたことを特徴とするものである。 The pneumatic tire of the present invention is characterized by being manufactured by the method for manufacturing a pneumatic tire of the present invention.
 本発明のタイヤにおいて、前記補強繊維片の目付け密度は、好適には50g/m以上1500g/m以下であり、前記補強繊維片の長さは、好適には15mm以上であり、前記補強繊維片の径は、好適には0.07mm~0.60mmの範囲内である。本発明のタイヤにおいて、前記補強繊維としては、無機繊維を好適に用いることができる。 In the tire of the present invention, the basis weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces is preferably 50 g / m 2 or more and 1500 g / m 2 or less, and the length of the reinforcing fiber pieces is preferably 15 mm or more. The diameter of the fiber piece is preferably in the range of 0.07 mm to 0.60 mm. In the tire of the present invention, an inorganic fiber can be suitably used as the reinforcing fiber.
 また、本発明者らは鋭意検討した結果、補強繊維を所定長に切断して補強繊維片とする工程を、補強繊維片の散布直前に、連続して行うものとすることで、上記課題を解決できることを見出して、本発明を完成するに至った。 In addition, as a result of intensive studies, the present inventors have continuously performed the process of cutting the reinforcing fiber into a predetermined length to obtain the reinforcing fiber piece immediately before the reinforcing fiber piece is sprayed. The inventors have found that this can be solved, and have completed the present invention.
 すなわち、本発明の補強部材の製造方法は、一対の帯状未加硫ゴムシート間に、補強繊維を所定長に切断した複数の補強繊維片からなる補強繊維片層が介装されてなる補強部材の製造方法であって、
 前記補強繊維を切断して前記複数の補強繊維片を作製する切断工程と、長手方向に延びる前記帯状未加硫ゴムシートの一方の上方から、該一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシート上に前記補強繊維片を散布して前記補強繊維片層を形成する散布工程と、該一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシート上に、前記帯状未加硫ゴムシートの他方を供給して重ね合わせ、該一方および他方の帯状未加硫ゴムシート間に前記補強繊維片層を介装させる供給工程と、該一方および他方の帯状未加硫ゴムシート同士を互いに押付けて圧着する圧着工程とを含み、
 前記切断工程と前記散布工程とを、連続して行うことを特徴とするものである。
That is, the method for manufacturing a reinforcing member of the present invention includes a reinforcing member in which a reinforcing fiber piece layer composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces obtained by cutting reinforcing fibers into a predetermined length is interposed between a pair of belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets. A manufacturing method of
A cutting step of cutting the reinforcing fibers to produce the plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces, and the reinforcement on the one strip-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet from above one of the strip-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets extending in the longitudinal direction. A spreading step of spreading the fiber pieces to form the reinforcing fiber piece layer; and supplying the other of the belt-like unvulcanized rubber sheets on the one belt-like unvulcanized rubber sheet and superposing the one and the other A step of interposing the reinforcing fiber piece layer between the belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets, and a pressure-bonding step of pressing the one and the other belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets against each other,
The cutting step and the spraying step are performed continuously.
 本発明の製造方法においては、前記散布工程において、前記補強繊維片を、上下方向にのみ開口するガイド体を介して散布するにあたり、該ガイド体として、該一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの幅方向に沿う幅が、上端部より下端部で広く、かつ、上方から下方に向かい漸増する部分を有するものを用いることが好ましい。 In the production method of the present invention, in spreading the reinforcing fiber pieces through the guide body that opens only in the vertical direction in the spreading step, the width of the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet is used as the guide body. It is preferable to use one having a width along the direction that is wider at the lower end than at the upper end and that gradually increases from above to below.
 また、本発明の製造方法においては、前記散布工程において、前記補強繊維片を、上下方向にのみ開口するガイド体を介して散布するにあたり、該ガイド体として、該一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの長手方向に沿う幅が上端部より下端部で狭く、かつ、該幅が上方から下方に向かい漸減する絞り部を有するものを用いることも好ましい。この場合、前記ガイド体として、前記絞り部より下方に、前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの長手方向に沿う幅が変動しない垂直部を有するものを用いることがより好ましく、前記ガイド体として、該ガイド体の下端部の、前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの長手方向における幅dが、前記補強繊維片の長さの1.0倍以下であるものを用いることもより好ましい。 Further, in the production method of the present invention, in spreading the reinforcing fiber pieces through the guide body that opens only in the vertical direction in the spreading step, the one strip-like unvulcanized rubber sheet is used as the guide body. It is also preferable to use the one having a narrowed portion whose width along the longitudinal direction is narrower at the lower end than at the upper end and whose width gradually decreases from above to below. In this case, as the guide body, it is more preferable to use a guide having a vertical portion that does not vary in width along the longitudinal direction of the one band-like unvulcanized rubber sheet, below the narrowed portion. It is more preferable to use a lower end portion of the guide body whose width d in the longitudinal direction of the one band-like unvulcanized rubber sheet is 1.0 times or less the length of the reinforcing fiber piece.
 さらに、本発明の製造方法においては、前記散布工程において、前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートを振動させることが好ましく、より好ましくは、前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートを振動周波数1Hz~1kHzにて振動させる。 Furthermore, in the production method of the present invention, it is preferable to vibrate the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet in the spraying step, and more preferably, the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet has a vibration frequency of 1 Hz to 1 kHz. Vibrate with.
 また、本発明の補強部材の製造装置は、一対の帯状未加硫ゴムシート間に、補強繊維を所定長に切断した複数の補強繊維片からなる補強繊維片層が介装されてなる補強部材の製造装置であって、
 前記補強繊維を切断して前記複数の補強繊維片を作製する切断手段と、長手方向に延びる前記帯状未加硫ゴムシートの一方の上方から、該一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシート上に前記補強繊維片を散布して前記補強繊維片層を形成する散布手段と、該一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシート上に、前記帯状未加硫ゴムシートの他方を供給して重ね合わせ、該一方および他方の帯状未加硫ゴムシート間に前記補強繊維片層を介装させる供給手段と、該一方および他方の帯状未加硫ゴムシート同士を互いに押付けて圧着する圧着手段とを含み、
 前記切断手段と前記散布手段とが、一体的に設けられていることを特徴とするものである。
Further, the reinforcing member manufacturing apparatus of the present invention is a reinforcing member in which a reinforcing fiber piece layer composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces obtained by cutting reinforcing fibers into a predetermined length is interposed between a pair of belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets. Manufacturing equipment,
Cutting means for cutting the reinforcing fibers to produce the plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces, and the reinforcing material on the one belt-like unvulcanized rubber sheet from above one of the belt-like unvulcanized rubber sheets extending in the longitudinal direction. Sprinkling means for sprinkling fiber pieces to form the reinforcing fiber piece layer, and supplying the other of the band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet on the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet and superposing the one and the other A supply means for interposing the reinforcing fiber piece layer between the belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets, and a pressure-bonding means for pressing the one and the other belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets against each other,
The cutting means and the spraying means are provided integrally.
 本発明の製造装置においては、前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートと前記散布手段との間に、該一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの長手方向に平行な一対の壁部を有し、該一対の壁部間の間隔が前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの幅よりも幅狭であるガイド体が設置され、かつ、該ガイド体の下端から前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの表面までの距離hが、前記補強繊維片の長さの5倍以下であることが好ましい。この場合、より好ましくは、前記ガイド体が、さらに、前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの幅方向に平行な一対の壁部を有し、上下方向にのみ開口するものとする。 In the production apparatus of the present invention, between the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet and the spreading means, a pair of wall portions parallel to the longitudinal direction of the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet, A guide body in which an interval between a pair of wall portions is narrower than a width of the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet, and a surface of the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet from the lower end of the guide body It is preferable that the distance h is 5 times or less the length of the reinforcing fiber piece. In this case, more preferably, the guide body further includes a pair of wall portions parallel to the width direction of the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet and opens only in the vertical direction.
 また、本発明の製造装置においては、前記散布手段と前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートとの間に、上下方向にのみ開口するガイド体が設置され、該ガイド体の、該一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの幅方向に沿う幅が、上端部より下端部で広く、かつ、上方から下方に向かい漸増する部分を有するものとすることも好ましい。 In the manufacturing apparatus of the present invention, a guide body that opens only in the vertical direction is installed between the spreading means and the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet, It is also preferable that the width of the vulcanized rubber sheet along the width direction is wider at the lower end than at the upper end and has a portion that gradually increases from above to below.
 さらに、本発明の製造装置においては、前記散布手段と前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートとの間に、上下方向にのみ開口するガイド体が設置され、該ガイド体の、該一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの長手方向に沿う幅が上端部より下端部で狭く、かつ、該幅が上方から下方に向かい漸減する絞り部を有することも好ましい。この場合、前記ガイド体が、前記絞り部より下方に、前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの長手方向に沿う幅が変動しない垂直部を有することがより好ましい。また、前記ガイド体の下端部の、前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの長手方向における幅dが、前記補強繊維片の長さの1.0倍以下であることもより好ましい。 Furthermore, in the manufacturing apparatus of the present invention, a guide body that opens only in the vertical direction is installed between the spreading means and the one strip-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet, and the one strip-shaped uncoated belt of the guide body. It is also preferable that the vulcanized rubber sheet has a narrowed portion in which the width along the longitudinal direction is narrower at the lower end than at the upper end, and the width gradually decreases from the upper side to the lower side. In this case, it is more preferable that the guide body has a vertical portion where the width along the longitudinal direction of the one band-like unvulcanized rubber sheet does not vary below the throttle portion. Moreover, it is more preferable that the width d of the lower end portion of the guide body in the longitudinal direction of the one band-like unvulcanized rubber sheet is 1.0 times or less the length of the reinforcing fiber piece.
 さらにまた、本発明の製造装置においては、前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートを振動させる振動発生機構を備えることが好ましい。また、この場合、前記振動発生機構の振動周波数は、好適には1Hz~1kHzの範囲である。 Furthermore, the manufacturing apparatus of the present invention preferably includes a vibration generating mechanism for vibrating the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet. In this case, the vibration frequency of the vibration generating mechanism is preferably in the range of 1 Hz to 1 kHz.
 本発明によれば、上記構成としたことにより、コスト面や重量面においてより効率よく補強効果を得ることができる空気入りタイヤの製造方法を提供することができ、これにより、タイヤとしての基本性能を満足しつつ、所望の補強効果を実現した空気入りタイヤを得ることが可能となった。 According to the present invention, the above configuration can provide a method for manufacturing a pneumatic tire that can obtain a reinforcing effect more efficiently in terms of cost and weight, and thereby, basic performance as a tire. It is possible to obtain a pneumatic tire that achieves a desired reinforcing effect while satisfying the above.
 また、本発明の補強部材の製造方法および製造装置においては、補強繊維を切断して複数の補強繊維片を作製する切断工程と、この補強繊維片を帯状未加硫ゴムシート上に散布する散布工程とを、連続して行うものとしたので、補強繊維片同士の絡み合いの問題を生ずることなく、一定時間に一定量の補強繊維片を供給することが可能となった。さらに、本発明の補強部材の製造方法および製造装置においては、一方のゴムシート上に複数の補強繊維片をあらかじめ散布するものとしたので、散布後の補強繊維片は、倒伏した状態で平坦なゴムシートにより下方から支持される。その結果、倒伏の仕方は支持するゴム面が平坦であればランダムとなるので、補強繊維片の配向方向を容易にランダムとすることができるとともに、その分布を容易に均一とすることができるものとなった。よって、本発明の補強部材の製造方法および製造装置によれば、均一な密度の補強部材を、容易に製造することが可能である。さらに、本発明の補強部材の製造方法および製造装置によれば、従来技術と比較して、厚みの薄い補強部材が得られるというメリットもある。 Further, in the method and apparatus for manufacturing a reinforcing member of the present invention, a cutting step of cutting a reinforcing fiber to produce a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces, and a dispersion for spreading the reinforcing fiber pieces on a belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet Since the steps are performed continuously, it becomes possible to supply a certain amount of reinforcing fiber pieces in a certain time without causing a problem of entanglement between the reinforcing fiber pieces. Furthermore, in the method and apparatus for manufacturing a reinforcing member according to the present invention, since a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces are spread in advance on one rubber sheet, the reinforcing fiber pieces after spreading are flat in a lying state. It is supported from below by a rubber sheet. As a result, since the method of lodging is random if the supporting rubber surface is flat, the orientation direction of the reinforcing fiber pieces can be easily randomized, and the distribution can be easily made uniform. It became. Therefore, according to the reinforcing member manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus of the present invention, it is possible to easily manufacture a reinforcing member having a uniform density. Furthermore, according to the manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus of the reinforcing member of the present invention, there is a merit that a reinforcing member having a small thickness can be obtained as compared with the prior art.
 さらに、本発明の補強部材の製造方法および製造装置においては、補強繊維片の散布を、ゴムシートの幅方向に沿う幅が、上方から下方に向かい漸増しているガイド体を介して行うものとすることで、補強繊維片が部位ごとに異なる密度を有する補強部材を製造することができる。よって、本発明の補強部材の製造方法および製造装置によれば、補強繊維片が、部位ごとに異なる均一な密度を有する補強部材を、容易に製造することが可能である。 Furthermore, in the manufacturing method and the manufacturing apparatus of the reinforcing member of the present invention, the dispersion of the reinforcing fiber pieces is performed via a guide body whose width along the width direction of the rubber sheet is gradually increased from the upper side to the lower side. By doing so, it is possible to manufacture a reinforcing member in which the reinforcing fiber pieces have different densities for each part. Therefore, according to the reinforcing member manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus of the present invention, it is possible to easily manufacture a reinforcing member in which the reinforcing fiber pieces have a uniform density that varies from site to site.
 さらにまた、本発明の補強部材の製造方法および製造装置においては、補強繊維片の散布を、ゴムシートの長手方向に沿う幅が、上端部より下端部で狭く、かつ、上方から下方に向かい漸減する部分を有するガイド体を介して行うものとすることで、補強繊維片が一定方向に配向された補強部材を製造することが可能となる。よって、本発明の補強部材の製造方法および製造装置によれば、均一な密度で、かつ、補強繊維片が一定方向に配向された補強部材を、容易に製造することが可能である。 Furthermore, in the method and apparatus for manufacturing a reinforcing member of the present invention, the dispersion of the reinforcing fiber pieces is such that the width along the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet is narrower at the lower end than the upper end, and gradually decreases from above to below. By carrying out through the guide body which has the part to do, it becomes possible to manufacture the reinforcement member by which the reinforcement fiber piece was orientated to the fixed direction. Therefore, according to the reinforcing member manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus of the present invention, it is possible to easily manufacture a reinforcing member having uniform density and reinforcing fiber pieces oriented in a certain direction.
本発明の空気入りタイヤの一例を示す幅方向片側断面図である。It is a width direction one side sectional view showing an example of the pneumatic tire of the present invention. 本発明に係る補強部材の一例を示す模式図である。It is a schematic diagram which shows an example of the reinforcement member which concerns on this invention. 本発明に用いることが可能な材料段階での補強部材の一例を示す模式図である。It is a schematic diagram which shows an example of the reinforcement member in the material stage which can be used for this invention. (a),(b)は、タイヤサイド部に対する突起入力の状態を示す説明図である。(A), (b) is explanatory drawing which shows the state of the protrusion input with respect to a tire side part. 補強繊維の長さが短い場合(a)と長い場合(b)との、突起入力に対する効果の違いを示すグラフである。It is a graph which shows the difference in the effect with respect to protrusion input of the case where the length of a reinforcing fiber is short (a) and the case where it is long (b). 本発明の補強部材の製造方法および製造装置の一実施形態を示す一部切欠正面図である。It is a partially notched front view which shows one Embodiment of the manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus of the reinforcement member of this invention. 図6のI-I線に沿う断面図である。It is sectional drawing which follows the II line | wire of FIG. 本発明に係る補強部材を示す一部破断斜視図である。It is a partially broken perspective view which shows the reinforcement member which concerns on this invention. 本発明の補強部材の製造方法および製造装置の他の実施形態を示す一部切欠正面図である。It is a partially notched front view which shows other embodiment of the manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus of the reinforcement member of this invention. 図9のII-II線に沿う断面図である。FIG. 10 is a sectional view taken along line II-II in FIG. 9. 本発明に係る補強部材を示す一部破断斜視図である。It is a partially broken perspective view which shows the reinforcement member which concerns on this invention. (a)~(c)は、本発明に係るガイド体のバリエーションを示す説明図である。(A)-(c) is explanatory drawing which shows the variation of the guide body based on this invention. ガイド体の断面形状と補強繊維の分散状態との関係を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the relationship between the cross-sectional shape of a guide body, and the dispersion state of a reinforcing fiber. 本発明の補強部材の製造方法および製造装置のさらに他の実施形態を示す一部切欠正面図である。It is a partially notched front view which shows other embodiment of the manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus of the reinforcement member of this invention. 図14のIII-III線に沿う断面図である。It is sectional drawing which follows the III-III line | wire of FIG. 本発明に係る補強部材を示す一部破断斜視図である。It is a partially broken perspective view which shows the reinforcement member which concerns on this invention. (a)~(c)は、本発明に係るガイド体のバリエーションを示す説明図である。(A)-(c) is explanatory drawing which shows the variation of the guide body based on this invention. ガイド体に垂直部を設けない状態を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the state which does not provide a vertical part in a guide body. 実施例における配向性の評価方法に係る説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which concerns on the evaluation method of the orientation in an Example.
 以下、本発明の実施の形態について詳細に説明する。
 まず、本発明の空気入りタイヤの製造方法および空気入りタイヤについて、説明する。
 図1に、本発明の空気入りタイヤの一例の幅方向断面図を示す。図示する空気入りタイヤは、一対のビード部7と、それに連なる一対のサイドウォール部8と、両サイドウォール部8間に跨るトレッド部9とからなり、これら各部をビード部7内にそれぞれ埋設された一対のビードコア1相互間にわたって補強する少なくとも1枚のカーカスプライからなるカーカス2を備えている。また、カーカス2のクラウン部タイヤ半径方向外側には、層間で互いに交錯するよう配置された2枚のベルト層3と、その全幅を覆うように配置されたベルト補強層4とが配置されている。さらに、ビードコア1のタイヤ半径方向外側には、ビードフィラー6が配置されている。
Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail.
First, a method for manufacturing a pneumatic tire and a pneumatic tire according to the present invention will be described.
In FIG. 1, the cross-sectional view of the width direction of an example of the pneumatic tire of this invention is shown. The illustrated pneumatic tire includes a pair of bead portions 7, a pair of sidewall portions 8 connected to the bead portions 7, and a tread portion 9 straddling the both sidewall portions 8, and these portions are embedded in the bead portion 7. A carcass 2 made of at least one carcass ply that is reinforced between the pair of bead cores 1 is provided. Further, two belt layers 3 arranged so as to cross each other and a belt reinforcing layer 4 arranged so as to cover the entire width thereof are arranged outside the crown portion tire radial direction of the carcass 2. . Further, a bead filler 6 is disposed outside the bead core 1 in the tire radial direction.
 本発明のタイヤにおいては、サイドウォール部に、補強繊維片と、これを被覆するゴムとからなる補強部材5が、タイヤ周方向に環状に配設されている。図2に、本発明に係る補強部材の一例の模式図を示す。この図は、補強部材の面に対し垂直な方向から見た際の、補強繊維片の分散状態を示している。図示するように、本発明に係る補強部材は、めっきまたは接着剤処理された補強繊維片101と、ゴム102とからなり、より具体的には、一対の帯状未加硫ゴムシート間に、補強繊維を所定長に切断した複数の補強繊維片からなる補強繊維片層が介装されてなる。また、補強繊維片101は、図示するように、その少なくとも一端が補強部材内で終端しており、すなわち、補強部材の幅方向端部間で連続して延在しない長さの短い繊維からなる。さらに、補強繊維片101は、図示するように、補強部材に対し垂直な方向に補強繊維片101を投影した投影部が、少なくとも一部で交差するように、ゴム102内に埋設されている。なお、本発明に係る補強部材は、厚みを有する平面状をなす。 In the tire according to the present invention, reinforcing members 5 made of reinforcing fiber pieces and rubber covering the reinforcing fiber pieces are annularly arranged in the tire circumferential direction in the sidewall portion. FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of an example of a reinforcing member according to the present invention. This figure shows the dispersion state of the reinforcing fiber pieces when viewed from the direction perpendicular to the surface of the reinforcing member. As shown in the figure, the reinforcing member according to the present invention includes a reinforcing fiber piece 101 plated or adhesive-treated and a rubber 102. More specifically, the reinforcing member is reinforced between a pair of belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets. A reinforcing fiber piece layer composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces obtained by cutting fibers into a predetermined length is interposed. Further, as shown in the figure, the reinforcing fiber piece 101 has at least one end that terminates in the reinforcing member, that is, is composed of a short length of fiber that does not continuously extend between the widthwise ends of the reinforcing member. . Further, as shown in the drawing, the reinforcing fiber piece 101 is embedded in the rubber 102 so that a projected portion obtained by projecting the reinforcing fiber piece 101 in a direction perpendicular to the reinforcing member intersects at least partially. The reinforcing member according to the present invention has a planar shape having a thickness.
 このような構成としたことで、補強部材の補強繊維片101として、従来は廃棄物となっていた端材を利用することが可能となり、廃材の有効利用を図ることが可能となった。また、本発明に係る補強部材は、従来のコード補強層とは異なり、製造上、撚り線や引き揃え圧延などの工程を要しないので、製造が容易であって、この点でもコスト性に優れている。さらに、本発明に係る補強部材においては、その端部に補強繊維片の断面が並ぶことがないので、補強部材端部を起点とするセパレーションの問題も有しない。 By adopting such a configuration, it has become possible to use the end material that has conventionally been waste as the reinforcing fiber piece 101 of the reinforcing member, and it has become possible to effectively use the waste material. In addition, unlike the conventional cord reinforcing layer, the reinforcing member according to the present invention does not require a process such as a stranded wire or draw rolling, and thus is easy to manufacture, and is excellent in cost. ing. Further, in the reinforcing member according to the present invention, since the cross-sections of the reinforcing fiber pieces are not arranged at the end portions, there is no problem of separation starting from the reinforcing member end portions.
 ここで、本発明の空気入りタイヤを製造するに際しては、貼付け前の材料段階での上記補強部材5として、補強繊維片の目付け密度が、トレッド部側端部でビード部側端部に対して高くなるような密度勾配を有するものを用いる点が重要である。すなわち、生タイヤ作製時の、拡張工程前のタイヤ成型工程において、補強繊維片の目付け密度がトレッド部側端部でビード部側端部に対して高くなるような密度勾配を有する補強部材5を、サイドウォール部8に貼付する。好適には、補強部材5として、補強繊維片の目付け密度が、トレッド部側端部でビード部側端部に対して1.5倍以上、特には2倍前後となる密度勾配を有するものを用いる。タイヤサイズが異なれば成形時の拡張率も異なるので、この補強繊維片の目付け密度の密度勾配の好適条件はタイヤサイズにより異なり、具体的には例えば1.8~2.3倍とする。 Here, when manufacturing the pneumatic tire of the present invention, as the reinforcing member 5 in the material stage before sticking, the weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces is relative to the bead portion side end portion at the tread portion side end portion. It is important to use one having a density gradient that increases. That is, in the tire molding process before the expansion process at the time of raw tire production, the reinforcing member 5 having a density gradient such that the weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces is higher at the tread portion side end portion than the bead portion side end portion. And affixed to the sidewall portion 8. Preferably, the reinforcing member 5 has a density gradient in which the basis weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces is 1.5 times or more, particularly about twice as much as the bead part side end part at the tread part side end part. Use. Since the expansion rate at the time of molding differs depending on the tire size, the preferable condition of the density gradient of the weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces varies depending on the tire size, and specifically, for example, 1.8 to 2.3 times.
 前述したように、空気入りタイヤを製造する際には、通常、部材を組立てて生タイヤを成形する成形工程後に、生タイヤを製品タイヤの形状に拡張する拡張工程を行うが、この拡張工程においては、生タイヤのトレッド部側とビード部側とで拡張率が異なるので、タイヤに貼り付ける前の材料段階において均一な密度を有する補強部材を用いると、拡張後には、トレッド部側とビード部側とで補強繊維片の密度に2倍近い差が生ずることになる。本発明においては、成形工程においてサイドウォール部8に、あらかじめトレッド部側とビード部側とで目付け密度に差を設けた補強部材5を貼り付けて生タイヤを成形するものとしたので、その後の拡張工程においてトレッド部側とビード部側とが異なる拡張率で拡張されることで、最終的に得られる製品タイヤにおいては、補強部材5のトレッド部側とビード部側とで、目付け密度を均一化することができる。これにより、最小限の量の補強繊維片を用いて効率よく補強を行うことができ、コスト面や重量面においてより効率よく補強効果を得ることが可能となった。 As described above, when manufacturing a pneumatic tire, an expansion process for expanding the raw tire into the shape of the product tire is usually performed after the forming process of assembling the members and forming the raw tire. Since the expansion rate differs between the tread portion side and the bead portion side of the raw tire, if a reinforcing member having a uniform density is used in the material stage before being attached to the tire, the tread portion side and the bead portion are expanded after expansion. There will be a difference of nearly twice the density of the reinforcing fiber pieces on the side. In the present invention, since the reinforcing member 5 having a difference in basis weight between the tread portion side and the bead portion side is attached to the sidewall portion 8 in the molding step in advance, the raw tire is molded. In the final product tire obtained by expanding the tread portion side and the bead portion side at different expansion rates in the expansion process, the basis weight density is uniform between the tread portion side and the bead portion side of the reinforcing member 5. Can be Accordingly, it is possible to efficiently reinforce using a minimum amount of reinforcing fiber pieces, and it is possible to obtain a reinforcing effect more efficiently in terms of cost and weight.
 本発明において用いる材料段階での補強部材5としては、具体的には例えば、図3に示すような、補強部材5の幅方向中心よりトレッド部側とビード部側とで、補強繊維片の目付け密度が異なるものを用いることができる。すなわち、目付け密度が相対的に高い領域と低い領域とを、トレッド部側とビード部側とで2分割にて設けた、2段階の密度勾配を有する補強部材5を用いる。この場合、目付け密度は2種類設定すればよい。また、図示はしないが、補強部材5として、トレッド部側端部からビード部側端部まで、補強繊維片の目付け密度が連続的に変化する密度勾配を有するものを用いることもできる。この場合の連続的とは、一律に変化するものであってもよいし、拡張率に合わせて変化するものであってもよい。 As the reinforcing member 5 at the material stage used in the present invention, specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 3, the weight of the reinforcing fiber piece is between the tread portion side and the bead portion side from the center in the width direction of the reinforcing member 5. Different densities can be used. That is, the reinforcing member 5 having a two-stage density gradient in which the area having a relatively high basis density and the area having a low basis weight are divided into two on the tread part side and the bead part side is used. In this case, two types of fabric density may be set. Moreover, although not shown in figure, what has the density gradient from which the fabric density of a reinforcing fiber piece changes continuously from the tread part side edge part to a bead part side edge part can also be used as the reinforcement member 5. “Continuous” in this case may be changed uniformly or may be changed in accordance with the expansion rate.
 上述のようにして得られる本発明の空気入りタイヤにおいては、補強部材5中の補強繊維片の目付け密度の、ビード部側とトレッド部側との差を低減することができる。特に、補強部材5として、トレッド部側端部からビード部側端部まで、補強繊維片の目付け密度が連続的に変化する密度勾配を有するものを用いた場合には、製造上のバラツキは含むものの、補強部材5中の補強繊維片の目付け密度が、ビード部側からトレッド部側まで均一となる。 In the pneumatic tire of the present invention obtained as described above, the difference in the areal density of the reinforcing fiber pieces in the reinforcing member 5 between the bead portion side and the tread portion side can be reduced. In particular, when a member having a density gradient in which the weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces continuously changes from the tread portion side end portion to the bead portion side end portion is used as the reinforcing member 5, manufacturing variations include. However, the basis weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces in the reinforcing member 5 is uniform from the bead portion side to the tread portion side.
 図1に示す空気入りタイヤにおいては、ベルト層3の端部からビードフィラー6の上端近傍までの領域に、補強部材5が配置されているが、本発明において、上記補強部材は、サイドウォール部の、カーカスプライの外側の少なくとも一部の領域に配置するものであればよい。具体的には、ベルト層3の端部からビードコア1の上端近傍までの領域のうちの少なくとも一部の領域に配置する。上記補強部材をサイドウォール部の少なくとも一部の領域に配置することで、耐サイドカット性を向上することができ、特に、タイヤ軽量化のためにプライ構造を簡素化した場合であっても、耐サイドカット性の著しい低下を抑制することができる。好適には、上記ベルト層3の端部からビードコア1の上端近傍までの領域の全体に配置することで、サイドウォール部全体の耐カット性を向上することができる。 In the pneumatic tire shown in FIG. 1, the reinforcing member 5 is disposed in the region from the end of the belt layer 3 to the vicinity of the upper end of the bead filler 6. In the present invention, the reinforcing member is a side wall portion. Any material may be used as long as it is disposed in at least a part of the outside of the carcass ply. Specifically, it is disposed in at least a part of the region from the end of the belt layer 3 to the vicinity of the upper end of the bead core 1. By arranging the reinforcing member in at least a part of the side wall portion, it is possible to improve the side cut resistance, and particularly, even when the ply structure is simplified for weight reduction of the tire, A significant decrease in side cut resistance can be suppressed. Preferably, the cut resistance of the entire sidewall portion can be improved by disposing the entire region from the end portion of the belt layer 3 to the vicinity of the upper end of the bead core 1.
 すなわち、2枚のカーカスプライを1枚に削減したり、カーカスプライの巻上げ高さを低くしたりしてプライ構造を簡素化することで、タイヤ軽量化に加えて、直材費や成型工数などの面で絶大な効果が得られるが、この場合、一方で、プライの強度が不足する懸念がある。特に、突起入力に対し、カーカスプライは高い張力により抵抗するので、この強度が不足することで、サイド部におけるカット性能の大幅な低下が懸念される。図4に、タイヤサイド部に対する突起入力の状態を示す説明図を示す。図示するように、タイヤサイド部が路面や縁石から突起100の入力を受けると、特に、先端のRが20mm以下であるような鋭利な突起により、カーカスプライが破断に至る故障の発生する場合が多い。その理由は、図4(a)に示すように、突起100がタイヤ内に押し込まれるときに、カーカスプライに対し局所的に引っ張り応力が作用するためであり、この応力がプライコードの強力を超えると、カーカスプライは破断に至る。これに対し、図4(b)に示すように、カーカスプライの外側に補強部材5を配置することで、突起100の貫入時には、この補強部材5がカーカスプライに掛かる張力を効率良く分担するので、これにより、カーカスプライの破断を防止することが可能となる。よって、補強繊維は、カーカスプライと同程度の強力を持つことが好ましい。 In other words, by simplifying the ply structure by reducing the number of two carcass plies to one, or by lowering the carcass ply winding height, in addition to reducing the weight of the tires, the direct material cost, molding man-hours, etc. In this case, however, there is a concern that the strength of the ply is insufficient. In particular, since the carcass ply resists the projection input by a high tension, there is a concern that the cutting performance at the side portion may be significantly reduced due to the lack of this strength. FIG. 4 is an explanatory view showing a state of projection input to the tire side portion. As shown in the drawing, when the tire side part receives the input of the protrusion 100 from the road surface or curb, a carcass ply may break down due to a sharp protrusion whose tip R is 20 mm or less. Many. The reason is that, as shown in FIG. 4 (a), when the projection 100 is pushed into the tire, a tensile stress acts locally on the carcass ply, and this stress exceeds the strength of the ply cord. Then, the carcass ply will break. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 4B, by arranging the reinforcing member 5 on the outside of the carcass ply, the reinforcing member 5 efficiently shares the tension applied to the carcass ply when the protrusion 100 penetrates. This makes it possible to prevent the carcass ply from being broken. Therefore, the reinforcing fiber preferably has the same strength as the carcass ply.
 また、補強繊維片の長さは、15mm以上であることが好ましく、20mm以上であることがより好ましく、上限については、適用されるタイヤのサイドウォール部の高さまでであれば特に制限はないが、特に好ましくは25mm~40mmの範囲内とする。補強繊維片の長さが短すぎると、突起100の入力の際に突起の貫入を包みきれず、局所的な引張りからカーカスプライ2を保護できずに、プライコードが破断してしまうおそれがあり、耐サイドカット性の向上効果が薄れてしまう(図5(a)参照)。一方、補強繊維片の長さが15mm以上であれば、鋭利な突起入力に対しても効果を発揮できる(図5(b)参照)。なお、Rが20mm以上の突起に対しては、カーカスプライに生ずる引っ張りは局所的ではなくなる。そのため、カーカスプライの破断の頻度が下がるので、ここでは、先端のRが20mm以下であるような突起の場合を想定している。 Further, the length of the reinforcing fiber piece is preferably 15 mm or more, more preferably 20 mm or more, and the upper limit is not particularly limited as long as it is up to the height of the sidewall portion of the applied tire. Particularly preferably, it is in the range of 25 mm to 40 mm. If the length of the reinforcing fiber piece is too short, the penetration of the projection cannot be completely covered when the projection 100 is input, and the carcass ply 2 cannot be protected from local tension, and the ply cord may be broken. Further, the effect of improving the side cut resistance is reduced (see FIG. 5A). On the other hand, if the length of the reinforcing fiber piece is 15 mm or more, the effect can be exhibited even for sharp projection input (see FIG. 5B). Note that the tension generated in the carcass ply is not local to the protrusion having R of 20 mm or more. Therefore, since the frequency of breakage of the carcass ply is reduced, here, a case is assumed in which the tip R has a radius of 20 mm or less.
 さらに、本発明においては、補強部材として、目付け密度が50g/m以上1500g/m以下、特には80g/m以上500g/m以下、さらには100g/m以上200g/m以下のものを用いることが好ましい。目付け密度が50g/m未満では、補強部材の強度が不十分となるおそれがある。一方、目付け密度が1500g/mを超えると、拡張性、成形性が悪化する。ここで、本発明において、補強部材5の目付け密度とは、1層の補強部材内における単位面積あたりの補強繊維片の総重量を意味する。すなわち、単位面積(1m)内に含まれる、補強部材の1層あたりの補強繊維片101の総重量(g)が、本発明における目付け密度である。 Furthermore, in the present invention, the weight density of the reinforcing member is 50 g / m 2 or more and 1500 g / m 2 or less, particularly 80 g / m 2 or more and 500 g / m 2 or less, more preferably 100 g / m 2 or more and 200 g / m 2 or less. It is preferable to use those. If the basis weight is less than 50 g / m 2 , the strength of the reinforcing member may be insufficient. On the other hand, when the fabric density exceeds 1500 g / m 2 , expandability and moldability deteriorate. Here, in the present invention, the basis weight density of the reinforcing member 5 means the total weight of the reinforcing fiber pieces per unit area in one layer of the reinforcing member. That is, the total weight (g) of the reinforcing fiber pieces 101 per layer of the reinforcing member included in the unit area (1 m 2 ) is the basis weight in the present invention.
 さらにまた、上記補強繊維片としては、径が0.07mm~0.60mm、特には0.12mm~0.34mmの範囲内のものを用いることが好ましい。補強繊維片の径が小さすぎると、細い線径とするための伸線工程におけるコストが嵩むことに加え、散布する補強繊維片の本数が増加するので、コスト高となる。一方、補強繊維片の径が大きすぎると、曲げ疲労性が悪化して、低内圧走行時に圧縮変形により補強繊維片が折れてしまうおそれが生ずる。 Furthermore, it is preferable to use the reinforcing fiber piece having a diameter in the range of 0.07 mm to 0.60 mm, particularly 0.12 mm to 0.34 mm. If the diameter of the reinforcing fiber piece is too small, the cost in the wire drawing process for obtaining a thin wire diameter increases, and the number of reinforcing fiber pieces to be spread increases, resulting in an increase in cost. On the other hand, if the diameter of the reinforcing fiber piece is too large, the bending fatigue property is deteriorated, and the reinforcing fiber piece may be broken due to compression deformation during traveling at a low internal pressure.
 なお、本発明においては、補強部材に用いる全ての補強繊維片が単一長さおよび径である必要はなく、複数種の長さおよび径を有する補強繊維片を混合して使用してもよいが、上記範囲内の長さおよび径のものを用いることが好適である。特に、補強繊維片の長さが長すぎると、補強部材の均一性が損われるので、ユニフォミティを決定する成分である、タイヤ形状やタイヤ剛性の周方向均一性が低下するという点から好ましくない。また、補強繊維片の断面形状は、基本的に円形であるが、楕円または三角形などの多角形状のものを用いてもよい。 In the present invention, it is not necessary that all the reinforcing fiber pieces used for the reinforcing member have a single length and diameter, and a mixture of reinforcing fiber pieces having a plurality of types of lengths and diameters may be used. However, it is preferable to use a material having a length and diameter within the above range. In particular, if the length of the reinforcing fiber piece is too long, the uniformity of the reinforcing member is impaired, which is not preferable from the viewpoint that the uniformity in the circumferential direction of the tire shape and tire rigidity, which is a component that determines uniformity. The cross-sectional shape of the reinforcing fiber piece is basically circular, but a polygonal shape such as an ellipse or a triangle may be used.
 本発明において、上記補強繊維としては、いかなる材質のものを用いてもよく、通常、タイヤの補強部材に用いられている各種材料のうちから、適宜選択して用いることが可能である。具体的には例えば、無機繊維としては、スチールフィラメント等の金属繊維やガラス繊維など、有機繊維としては、芳香族ポリアミド繊維や脂肪酸ポリアミド繊維、ポリエステル繊維、ポリパラフェニレンベンゼンオキサゾール繊維、ポリビニルアルコール系合成繊維、炭素繊維などが挙げられる。本発明においては、短繊維として、上記のうちでも、無機繊維、特にはスチールフィラメントを用いることが好ましい。 In the present invention, any material may be used as the reinforcing fiber, and it can be appropriately selected from various materials usually used for tire reinforcing members. Specifically, for example, inorganic fibers include metal fibers such as steel filaments and glass fibers, and organic fibers include aromatic polyamide fibers, fatty acid polyamide fibers, polyester fibers, polyparaphenylenebenzeneoxazole fibers, and polyvinyl alcohol-based synthetics. Examples thereof include fibers and carbon fibers. In the present invention, among the above, it is preferable to use inorganic fibers, particularly steel filaments, as the short fibers.
 上記無機繊維ないし有機繊維からなる補強繊維は、タイヤ補強用のコード製造過程において、めっき後伸線工程や撚り線工程等で発生する端材(残糸からなる廃棄物)や、タイヤ製造工場のコード圧延工程で発生する端材などから製造することができる。本発明においては、このような従来は廃棄されていた端材を使用することができるため、従来に比して大幅なコストダウンを図ることができるとともに、廃棄物の削減にも寄与できるものである。 The above-mentioned reinforcing fibers made of inorganic fibers or organic fibers are used in the manufacturing process of tire reinforcing cords, such as end materials (waste made from residual yarn) generated in the post-plating wire drawing process or stranded wire process, It can be manufactured from mill ends generated in the cord rolling process. In the present invention, since such a conventionally discarded scrap material can be used, the cost can be greatly reduced as compared with the conventional one, and the waste can be reduced. is there.
 すなわち、スチールコード等の金属コードは、めっき処理されたフィラメントの単線が巻かれた複数のリールからフィラメントを巻き出して、張力を利用してフィラメント束を撚り合わせることにより製造される。また、有機繊維等からなる非金属コードは、撚ったフィラメント束に接着剤を塗布するディッピング処理を施すことにより、製造される。金属の撚りコードを製造する際には、各リールのいずれか一つが空となった時点で、他のリールにフィラメントが残っていたとしても、残ったフィラメントは廃棄される。また、調整などのために製造工程を停止した後、再開する際にも、コード端部の調整部分は廃棄される。さらに、金属コードおよび非金属コードのいずれも、張力を利用して補強部材を製造しているため、物理的に張力を確保できないコード端部についても廃棄される。本発明においては、このようなタイヤ製造における各プロセスで生ずるコードの端材を有効利用して、補強部材を形成することができるものである。 That is, a metal cord such as a steel cord is manufactured by unwinding a filament from a plurality of reels around which a single filament wire that has been plated is wound, and twisting the filament bundle using tension. A non-metallic cord made of organic fibers or the like is manufactured by performing a dipping process in which an adhesive is applied to a twisted filament bundle. When manufacturing a metal twisted cord, when any one of the reels is emptied, the remaining filaments are discarded even if they remain on the other reels. Also, the adjustment portion at the end of the cord is discarded when the manufacturing process is stopped for adjustment and then restarted. Furthermore, since both the metal cord and the non-metallic cord use the tension to manufacture the reinforcing member, the cord end portion that cannot physically secure the tension is also discarded. In the present invention, the reinforcing member can be formed by effectively using the end material of the cord generated in each process in manufacturing the tire.
 なお、短繊維として、長さ5.0mm以下程度、通常2mm~3mmの極めてミクロな繊維を、トレッドゴム中に含有させることで氷上性能を向上させる技術は、従来よりよく知られている。しかし、上記のように廃材を有効利用することを考慮した場合、コードの端材をミクロな短繊維に切断して用いると、製造工数およびコストの増加となる。また、本発明においては、使用する補強繊維片がある程度の長さおよび目付け密度を有しないと、補強繊維片同士が交差しないか、または、交差しても強度および剛性における補強効果が十分得られない。したがって、上記のような長さおよび目付け密度等を有する補強繊維片を用いることが好適である。但し、長さの短い補強繊維片のみ、または、長さの長い補強繊維片のみを用いると、十分な補強効果が得られないか、または、耐久性に問題を生ずるおそれがある。 In addition, a technique for improving the performance on ice by incorporating extremely microfibers having a length of about 5.0 mm or less, usually 2 mm to 3 mm, into the tread rubber as a short fiber is well known. However, in consideration of the effective use of the waste material as described above, if the end material of the cord is cut into micro short fibers and used, the number of manufacturing steps and cost increase. In the present invention, if the reinforcing fiber pieces to be used do not have a certain length and basis weight, the reinforcing fiber pieces do not intersect with each other, or even if they intersect, a sufficient reinforcing effect in strength and rigidity can be obtained. Absent. Therefore, it is preferable to use a reinforcing fiber piece having the above length, basis weight, and the like. However, if only a short reinforcing fiber piece or only a long reinforcing fiber piece is used, a sufficient reinforcing effect may not be obtained or there may be a problem in durability.
 また、上記補強繊維は、ゴム中に埋設されて補強部材を形成するものであるため、ゴムとの接着性を確保するために、めっきまたは接着剤処理されていることが必要である。すなわち、本発明においては、補強繊維が金属繊維の場合はめっき処理されているもの、補強繊維が有機繊維の場合は接着剤処理されているものを用いる。スチールフィラメント等の金属繊維において、例えば、一般的なCu+Znめっきを施した場合には、めっき中のCuが、補強部材を形成する際にゴムと補強繊維とを接着する役割を担う。金属コード表面にめっき処理が施されていない場合、ゴムと補強繊維とが剥離しやすくなり、補強繊維に沿って剥離の進展が容易に発生してしまう懸念もある。したがって、本発明においては、補強繊維として金属繊維を用いる場合には、めっきされたものを用いることが必要であり、撚り線コードを原料とする場合も、単線がめっきされていることが必要である。なお、金属コードが銅線からなる場合は、銅線そのものが接着効果を持つため、めっき処理は要しない。また、有機繊維等からなる非金属コードの場合には、常法に従い接着剤のディッピング処理を施したものを用いることで、めっきされた金属コードと同様に、ゴムとの間の接着性を確保することが可能である。 Further, since the reinforcing fiber is embedded in rubber to form a reinforcing member, it is necessary to be plated or treated with an adhesive in order to ensure adhesion with the rubber. That is, in the present invention, when the reinforcing fiber is a metal fiber, a plated one is used, and when the reinforcing fiber is an organic fiber, an adhesive-treated one is used. In a metal fiber such as a steel filament, for example, when general Cu + Zn plating is performed, Cu during plating plays a role of adhering rubber and reinforcing fiber when forming a reinforcing member. When the surface of the metal cord is not plated, the rubber and the reinforcing fiber are easily peeled off, and there is a concern that the progress of peeling easily occurs along the reinforcing fiber. Accordingly, in the present invention, when metal fibers are used as the reinforcing fibers, it is necessary to use plated ones, and even when a stranded wire cord is used as a raw material, single wires must be plated. is there. When the metal cord is made of a copper wire, the copper wire itself has an adhesive effect, so that plating is not necessary. In addition, in the case of non-metallic cords made of organic fibers, etc., by using an adhesive dipped in accordance with a conventional method, as with plated metal cords, adhesion to rubber is ensured. Is possible.
 ここで、補強繊維としての金属繊維表面に設けるめっきとしては、特に制限はなく、ブラスやブロンズ、Cu,Znめっきなどでもよい。特に、補強繊維として上記廃棄端材を用いる場合には、これらはすでにめっき処理されているため、さらにめっき処理を行うことなく、ゴムとの良好な接着性が得られるというメリットもある。 Here, the plating provided on the surface of the metal fiber as the reinforcing fiber is not particularly limited, and may be brass, bronze, Cu, Zn plating or the like. In particular, when the above-mentioned waste scraps are used as the reinforcing fibers, since these are already plated, there is an advantage that good adhesion to rubber can be obtained without further plating.
 なお、上記補強部材に用いるゴムは、従来よりタイヤの補強部材用途等に使用されているゴム種のうちから適宜選択して用いることができ、特に制限されるものではない。また、補強部材自体の厚みについては特に制限はなく、目的とする補強性能に応じて、適宜決定することができるが、例えば、0.5mm~3.0mmとすることができる。これは、乗用車用タイヤに適用した場合に想定される最も薄い補強部材の厚みが0.5mmである一方、重荷重用タイヤに適用した場合に想定される最も厚い補強部材の厚みが3.0mmであることを意味している。 The rubber used for the reinforcing member can be appropriately selected from rubber types conventionally used for tire reinforcing member applications, and is not particularly limited. Further, the thickness of the reinforcing member itself is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately determined according to the target reinforcing performance, and can be, for example, 0.5 mm to 3.0 mm. This is because the thickness of the thinnest reinforcing member assumed when applied to a tire for a passenger car is 0.5 mm, while the thickness of the thickest reinforcing member assumed when applied to a heavy load tire is 3.0 mm. It means that there is.
 上記のような、目付け密度に差を設けた補強部材は、例えば、以下のようにして製造することができる。この補強部材の製造方法および製造装置に関しては、後で詳述する。
 すなわち、まず、所定厚みの未加硫ゴムのシートを作製し、所定の長さに切断した補強繊維片の束を、単位時間に所定の量、所定の高さからこのゴムシート上に、全体が均一の密度になるよう落下させる。この際、ゴムシートの上方に、上下方向に開口し、ゴムシートの幅方向に沿う幅が、上端部より下端部で広く、かつ、上端部からゴムシート側に向かい漸増する部分を有するガイド体を設けて、このガイド体の中を通じて、ゴムシート上に補強繊維片を落下させる。これにより、補強繊維片は、ゴムシート上に、その幅方向中心から両外側に向かって密度が低くなるように落下するので、これにより、幅方向において補強繊維片の目付け密度に差を有する補強部材を得ることができる。よって、この補強部材を幅方向中心において裁断することで、本発明に適用可能な、幅方向の一方の端部側と他方の端部側とで異なる所定の目付け密度の勾配を有する補強部材が得られるものである。このガイド体は、弾き飛んだ補強繊維片が必要以上に広く分散して密度が低下しないようにする効果も有し、下方に配置したゴムシートの幅に合わせて設計することができる。また、補強繊維片の目付け密度の差は、ガイド体の寸法形状を所定に設定することにより、調整することが可能である。
The reinforcing member having a difference in basis weight as described above can be manufactured, for example, as follows. The reinforcing member manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus will be described in detail later.
That is, first, a sheet of unvulcanized rubber having a predetermined thickness is prepared, and a bundle of reinforcing fiber pieces cut to a predetermined length is placed on the rubber sheet from a predetermined amount and a predetermined height on the rubber sheet. Is dropped to a uniform density. At this time, the guide body has a portion that opens in the vertical direction above the rubber sheet, has a width along the width direction of the rubber sheet that is wider at the lower end than the upper end, and gradually increases from the upper end toward the rubber sheet. The reinforcing fiber pieces are dropped on the rubber sheet through the guide body. As a result, the reinforcing fiber pieces fall on the rubber sheet so that the density decreases from the center in the width direction toward both outer sides, and thus the reinforcement having a difference in the basis density of the reinforcing fiber pieces in the width direction. A member can be obtained. Therefore, by cutting this reinforcing member at the center in the width direction, a reinforcing member having a predetermined fabric density gradient different between one end side and the other end side in the width direction can be applied to the present invention. It is obtained. This guide body also has an effect of preventing the density of the reinforced fiber pieces that are blown off from being dispersed more than necessary, and can be designed according to the width of the rubber sheet disposed below. Further, the difference in the basis weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces can be adjusted by setting the dimensional shape of the guide body to a predetermined value.
 次に、落下させた補強繊維片の上から未加硫ゴムシートを被せることにより、ゴム中に補強繊維片が埋設された補強部材を製造することができる。この際、下方のゴムシートを一方向に所定の速度で移動させることで、上記補強繊維片の落下量とこのゴムシートの移動速度との比によって、補強部材における補強繊維片の密度を決定することができる。 Next, by covering an unvulcanized rubber sheet on the dropped reinforcing fiber piece, a reinforcing member in which the reinforcing fiber piece is embedded in rubber can be manufactured. At this time, by moving the lower rubber sheet at a predetermined speed in one direction, the density of the reinforcing fiber pieces in the reinforcing member is determined by the ratio between the amount of dropping of the reinforcing fiber pieces and the moving speed of the rubber sheet. be able to.
 ここで、上記所定量の補強繊維片を落下させるための方法としては、あらかじめ切断した補強繊維片の束をベルトコンベア等により搬送して、ゴムシート上の所定部位に落下させる方法の他、未切断の補強繊維片を切断しながら落下させる方法を用いてもよい。後者の場合、補強繊維片同士の絡み合いを解す作業や、補強繊維片の束を一定時間に一定量にて供給する作業が不要となるので、より効率良く補強部材の製造を行うことが可能となる。 Here, as a method for dropping the predetermined amount of reinforcing fiber pieces, in addition to a method in which a bundle of reinforcing fiber pieces cut in advance is conveyed by a belt conveyor or the like and dropped onto a predetermined portion on a rubber sheet, there is no method. A method of dropping the cut reinforcing fiber pieces while cutting them may be used. In the latter case, it is not necessary to work to entangle the reinforcing fiber pieces or to supply a bundle of reinforcing fiber pieces at a constant amount in a certain amount of time, so that the reinforcing member can be manufactured more efficiently. Become.
 本発明に係る補強部材は、上記のようにして一工程で容易に製造することができるため、製造に多大な工数を要する従来の補強部材と比較して製造が容易であり、消費エネルギーも少なく、製造コスト的にも安価であるというメリットがある。 Since the reinforcing member according to the present invention can be easily manufactured in one process as described above, it is easier to manufacture and consumes less energy than a conventional reinforcing member that requires a large number of steps for manufacturing. There is an advantage that the manufacturing cost is low.
 本発明のタイヤにおいては、上記補強部材を、補強繊維片の目付け密度が、トレッド部側端部でビード部側端部に対して高くなる密度勾配を有するよう配置した点のみが重要であり、それ以外のタイヤ構造の詳細や各部材の材質などについては特に制限されず、従来公知のもののうちから適宜選択して構成することができる。 In the tire of the present invention, it is important only that the reinforcing member is disposed so that the basis weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces has a density gradient that becomes higher with respect to the bead portion side end portion at the tread portion side end portion, The other details of the tire structure and the material of each member are not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones.
 例えば、ベルト層3は、タイヤ周方向に対し所定の角度をもって平行に配列されたスチールコードをゴム引きしてなり、少なくとも1層にて設けることが必要であるが、通常は図示するように、2層にて交錯配置される。また、図示するように、カーカスはビードコア1の周りにタイヤ内側から外側に折り返して係止されている。さらに、ベルト補強層4は、タイヤ周方向に対し実質的に平行に配列された補強コードのゴム引き層からなり、図示例ではベルト層3の全幅以上にわたり1枚にて配置されているが、本発明においてはこれには限られず、ベルト層3の両端部を覆う領域に、一対にて配置するものであってもよい。また、これらを組み合わせて配置してもよく、各ベルト補強層の枚数についても、上記には制限されない。 For example, the belt layer 3 is formed by rubberizing steel cords arranged in parallel at a predetermined angle with respect to the tire circumferential direction, and it is necessary to provide at least one layer. They are arranged in two layers. Further, as shown in the figure, the carcass is folded around the bead core 1 from the tire inner side to the outer side and locked. Further, the belt reinforcing layer 4 is composed of a rubberized layer of reinforcing cords arranged substantially parallel to the tire circumferential direction, and is arranged in a single sheet over the entire width of the belt layer 3 in the illustrated example. In the present invention, the present invention is not limited to this, and a pair of the belt layers 3 may be disposed in a region covering both ends of the belt layer 3. These may be arranged in combination, and the number of each belt reinforcing layer is not limited to the above.
 さらにまた、トレッド部9の表面には適宜トレッドパターン(図示せず)が形成されており、最内層にはインナーライナー(図示せず)が形成されている。さらにまた、本発明のタイヤにおいて、タイヤ内に充填する気体としては、通常の又は酸素分圧を変えた空気、もしくは窒素等の不活性ガスを用いることができる。 Furthermore, a tread pattern (not shown) is appropriately formed on the surface of the tread portion 9, and an inner liner (not shown) is formed on the innermost layer. Furthermore, in the tire of the present invention, as the gas filled in the tire, normal or air having a changed oxygen partial pressure, or an inert gas such as nitrogen can be used.
 次に、本発明の補強部材の製造方法および製造装置の第一の実施形態について、詳細に説明する。
 図6は、本発明の補強部材の製造方法および製造装置の一実施形態を示す一部切欠正面図であり、図7は、図6のI-I線に沿う断面図である。本発明は、図8に示すような、一対の帯状未加硫ゴムシート11A,11B間に、補強繊維を所定長に切断した複数の補強繊維片12からなる補強繊維片層13が介装されてなる補強部材10を製造する際の技術の改良に係るものである。
Next, the first embodiment of the manufacturing method and the manufacturing apparatus of the reinforcing member of the present invention will be described in detail.
FIG. 6 is a partially cutaway front view showing an embodiment of the method and apparatus for manufacturing a reinforcing member of the present invention, and FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line II of FIG. In the present invention, a reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12 obtained by cutting reinforcing fibers into a predetermined length is interposed between a pair of strip-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets 11A and 11B as shown in FIG. The present invention relates to an improvement in technology when manufacturing the reinforcing member 10.
 上記補強部材10は、未加硫ゴムからなる帯状のゴムシート11Aと、このゴムシート11A上に重ね合わされて圧着された未加硫ゴムからなる帯状のゴムシート11Bと、これらゴムシート11A,11B間に介装された複数の補強繊維片12からなる補強繊維片層13とから形成される。ゴムシート11A,11Bは同一幅である。また、補強繊維片層13はゴムシート11A,11Bとほぼ同一幅であって、ゴムシート11A,11Bの長手方向に延在して配設されている。また、本実施形態において、ゴムシート11A,11Bとしては、常温まで温度の低下したゴムシートを使用している。 The reinforcing member 10 includes a belt-like rubber sheet 11A made of unvulcanized rubber, a belt-like rubber sheet 11B made of unvulcanized rubber superimposed on the rubber sheet 11A and pressure-bonded, and the rubber sheets 11A and 11B. It is formed from a reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12 interposed therebetween. The rubber sheets 11A and 11B have the same width. The reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 has substantially the same width as that of the rubber sheets 11A and 11B, and extends in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheets 11A and 11B. In this embodiment, as the rubber sheets 11A and 11B, rubber sheets whose temperature has been lowered to room temperature are used.
 本実施形態において、ゴムシート11A,11Bを構成するゴムとしては、従来よりタイヤなどの補強部材用途等に使用されているゴム種のうちから適宜選択して用いることができ、特に制限されるものではない。具体的には例えば、スチレンブタジエンゴム(SBR)、アクリロニトリルブタジエンゴム(NBR)、ブタジエンゴム(BR)、イソプレンゴム(IR)、クロロプレンゴム(CR)等の汎用のゴムを用いることができる。また、ゴムシート11A,11Bの厚さとしては、特に制限はなく、目的とする補強性能に応じて適宜決定することができるが、0.3~ 1.0mmの範囲内が好ましい。ゴムシート11A,11Bの厚さが0.3mm未満であると、加硫の際に、補強繊維片12の一部が補強部材10の外表面から突出するおそれがあり、一方、1.0mmを超えると、ゴムゲージが厚くなって補強部材の強度が低下してしまうおそれがある。 In the present embodiment, the rubber constituting the rubber sheets 11A and 11B can be appropriately selected from rubber types conventionally used for reinforcing member applications such as tires, and is particularly limited. is not. Specifically, for example, general-purpose rubbers such as styrene butadiene rubber (SBR), acrylonitrile butadiene rubber (NBR), butadiene rubber (BR), isoprene rubber (IR), chloroprene rubber (CR) can be used. The thickness of the rubber sheets 11A and 11B is not particularly limited and can be appropriately determined according to the target reinforcing performance, but is preferably in the range of 0.3 to 1.0 mm. When the thickness of the rubber sheets 11A and 11B is less than 0.3 mm, a part of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 may protrude from the outer surface of the reinforcing member 10 during vulcanization, while 1.0 mm is set. When it exceeds, there exists a possibility that a rubber gauge may become thick and the intensity | strength of a reinforcement member may fall.
 また、補強繊維片層13は、複数の補強繊維片12が複数箇所で交差しながら実質上均一に分布することで層状となっている。本実施形態において、補強繊維片層13中の補強繊維片12は、不織布のように互いに複雑に絡み合ったものではなく、直線状に延びて、単に上下に重なり合うだけで、ほとんど絡み合っていない。なお、本実施形態において、補強繊維片12は弧状やS字状等の曲線状に延びていてもよい。また、これら補強繊維片12は、ランダムに配向(延在方向が無秩序)しており、かつ、ゴムシート11A上で倒伏して、その上面に平行に延びている。 Further, the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 is formed into a layer shape by the plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12 being distributed substantially uniformly while intersecting at a plurality of positions. In the present embodiment, the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 in the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 are not intertwined in a complicated manner like a nonwoven fabric, extend in a straight line, simply overlap each other, and are hardly intertwined. In the present embodiment, the reinforcing fiber piece 12 may extend in a curved shape such as an arc shape or an S shape. Further, these reinforcing fiber pieces 12 are randomly oriented (the extending direction is disordered), fall down on the rubber sheet 11A, and extend parallel to the upper surface thereof.
 その結果、補強部材10は、いずれの方向においても強度がほぼ同一となり、また、補強部材10を切断して使用した場合においても、補強部材10の切断端には極めて断面積の小さい補強繊維片12の切断面が多数露出しているだけであるので、亀裂発生の核となることもない。さらに、補強部材10の強度は、補強繊維片層13における補強繊維片12の密度(目付け密度)を調節することで、容易に調節することができる。 As a result, the reinforcing member 10 has substantially the same strength in any direction, and even when the reinforcing member 10 is cut and used, the reinforcing fiber piece has a very small cross-sectional area at the cut end. Since only a large number of the 12 cut surfaces are exposed, they do not become the core of crack generation. Furthermore, the strength of the reinforcing member 10 can be easily adjusted by adjusting the density (weight density) of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 in the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13.
 上記のようなことから、加硫後の補強部材10は、空気入りタイヤを構成するベルト層やカーカス層、ワイヤーチェーファー、コンベアベルト、クローラ車両用のゴムクローラ等に好適に適用可能である。なお、本実施形態においては、一部の補強繊維片12の配向を調節して、例えば、ゴムシートの幅方向あるいは長手方向に延びる補強繊維片12の割合を増加させるものとしてもよい。 As described above, the vulcanized reinforcing member 10 can be suitably applied to a belt layer, a carcass layer, a wire chafer, a conveyor belt, a rubber crawler for a crawler vehicle, or the like constituting a pneumatic tire. In the present embodiment, the proportion of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 extending in the width direction or the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet may be increased by adjusting the orientation of some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12, for example.
 ここで、切断後の補強繊維片12の長さ(所定長)は、好適には10~100mm、より好適には30~60mmの範囲内とする。また、補強繊維片12の直径は、好適には0.1~0.5mmの範囲内とする。さらに、前述のような用途に補強部材10を用いる場合には、強度や剛性等の観点から、補強繊維片層13の目付け量(1m当たりの質量)を、好適には100~1000g、より好適には300~800gの範囲内とする。 Here, the length (predetermined length) of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 after cutting is preferably within a range of 10 to 100 mm, and more preferably within a range of 30 to 60 mm. The diameter of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 0.5 mm. Furthermore, when the reinforcing member 10 is used for the above-mentioned applications, the weight per unit area (mass per 1 m 2 ) of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 is preferably 100 to 1000 g from the viewpoint of strength, rigidity, and the like. Preferably, it is within the range of 300 to 800 g.
 なお、本実施形態においては、補強部材に用いる全ての補強繊維片が単一長さおよび径である必要はなく、複数種の長さおよび径を有する補強繊維片を混合して使用してもよいが、上記範囲内の長さおよび径のものを用いることが好適である。特に、補強繊維片の長さが長すぎると、補強部材の均一性が損われるので、例えば、タイヤに適用した場合には、ユニフォミティを決定する成分である、タイヤ形状やタイヤ剛性の周方向均一性が低下するという点から好ましくない。また、補強繊維の断面形状は、基本的に円形であるが、楕円または三角形などの多角形状のものを用いてもよい。 In this embodiment, it is not necessary that all the reinforcing fiber pieces used for the reinforcing member have a single length and diameter, and a mixture of reinforcing fiber pieces having a plurality of types of lengths and diameters may be used. It is preferable to use a material having a length and diameter within the above range. In particular, if the length of the reinforcing fiber piece is too long, the uniformity of the reinforcing member is impaired. For example, when applied to a tire, the tire shape and the tire rigidity are uniform in the circumferential direction, which is a component that determines uniformity. It is not preferable from the point that property falls. In addition, the cross-sectional shape of the reinforcing fiber is basically circular, but a polygonal shape such as an ellipse or a triangle may be used.
 本実施形態において、上記補強繊維としては、いかなる材質のものを用いてもよく、通常、タイヤ等の補強部材に用いられている各種材料のうちから、適宜選択して用いることが可能である。具体的には例えば、無機繊維としては、スチールフィラメント等の金属繊維やガラス繊維など、有機繊維としては、芳香族ポリアミド繊維や脂肪酸ポリアミド繊維、ポリエステル繊維、ポリパラフェニレンベンゼンオキサゾール繊維、ポリビニルアルコール系合成繊維、炭素繊維などが挙げられる。本実施形態においては、補強繊維として、上記のうちでも、無機繊維、特にはスチールフィラメントを用いることが好ましい。 In the present embodiment, any material may be used as the reinforcing fiber, and it can be appropriately selected from various materials usually used for reinforcing members such as tires. Specifically, for example, inorganic fibers include metal fibers such as steel filaments and glass fibers, and organic fibers include aromatic polyamide fibers, fatty acid polyamide fibers, polyester fibers, polyparaphenylenebenzeneoxazole fibers, and polyvinyl alcohol-based synthetics. Examples thereof include fibers and carbon fibers. In the present embodiment, among the above, it is preferable to use inorganic fibers, particularly steel filaments, as the reinforcing fibers.
 また、上記補強繊維は、ゴム中に埋設されて補強部材を形成するものであるため、ゴムとの接着性を確保するために、めっきまたは接着剤処理されていることが必要である。すなわち、本実施形態においては、補強繊維が金属繊維の場合はめっき処理されているもの、補強繊維が有機繊維の場合は接着剤処理されているものを用いる。スチールフィラメント等の金属繊維において、例えば、一般的なCu+Znめっきを施した場合には、めっき中のCuが、補強部材を形成する際にゴムと補強繊維とを接着する役割を担う。金属コード表面にめっき処理が施されていない場合、ゴムと補強繊維とが剥離しやすくなり、補強繊維に沿って剥離の進展が容易に発生してしまう懸念もある。したがって、本実施形態においては、補強繊維として金属繊維を用いる場合には、めっきされたものを用いることが必要であり、撚り線コードを原料とする場合も、単線がめっきされていることが必要である。なお、金属コードが銅線からなる場合は、銅線そのものが接着効果を持つため、めっき処理は要しない。また、有機繊維等からなる非金属コードの場合には、常法に従い接着剤のディッピング処理を施したものを用いることで、めっきされた金属コードと同様に、ゴムとの間の接着性を確保することが可能である。 Further, since the reinforcing fiber is embedded in rubber to form a reinforcing member, it is necessary to be plated or treated with an adhesive in order to ensure adhesion with the rubber. That is, in this embodiment, when the reinforcing fiber is a metal fiber, a plated one is used, and when the reinforcing fiber is an organic fiber, an adhesive-treated one is used. In a metal fiber such as a steel filament, for example, when general Cu + Zn plating is performed, Cu during plating plays a role of adhering rubber and reinforcing fiber when forming a reinforcing member. When the surface of the metal cord is not plated, the rubber and the reinforcing fiber are easily peeled off, and there is a concern that the progress of peeling easily occurs along the reinforcing fiber. Therefore, in this embodiment, when using a metal fiber as the reinforcing fiber, it is necessary to use a plated one, and even when a stranded wire cord is used as a raw material, the single wire needs to be plated. It is. When the metal cord is made of a copper wire, the copper wire itself has an adhesive effect, so that plating is not necessary. In addition, in the case of non-metallic cords made of organic fibers, etc., by using an adhesive dipped in accordance with a conventional method, as with plated metal cords, adhesion to rubber is ensured. Is possible.
 ここで、補強繊維としての金属繊維表面に設けるめっきとしては、特に制限はなく、ブラスやブロンズ、Cu,Znめっきなどでもよい。なお、補強繊維片12の外表面にめっきが施されていると、補強繊維片12の外表面における摩擦係数は非常に小さな値となるので、容易に滑って流動するものとなる。 Here, the plating provided on the surface of the metal fiber as the reinforcing fiber is not particularly limited, and may be brass, bronze, Cu, Zn plating or the like. If the outer surface of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 is plated, the coefficient of friction on the outer surface of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 becomes a very small value, so that it easily slips and flows.
 図示する製造装置は、床面21上に固定された前後方向に延びる固定フレーム22を有しており、この固定フレーム22の下部には、前後方向に延びるメインコンベア23が取り付けられている。このメインコンベア23は、固定フレーム22の前端および後端にそれぞれ回転可能に支持された一対のプーリ24と、これら一対のプーリ24間に掛け渡され前後方向に延びるコンベアベルト25とを有している。ここで、一対のプーリ24のうち、いずれか一方のプーリ24には、図示しないモータ等の駆動機構から駆動力が付与される。その結果、コンベアベルト25の上側に位置する搬送部25aは、前方に向かって走行することが可能となる。この搬送部25aが前方に走行しているとき、搬送部25a上に、図示しない供給手段により後側からゴムシート11Aが供給されると、ゴムシート11Aは、搬送部25aにより下方から支持されながら前方に向かって搬送される。 The manufacturing apparatus shown in the figure has a fixed frame 22 that is fixed on the floor surface 21 and extends in the front-rear direction. A main conveyor 23 that extends in the front-rear direction is attached to the lower part of the fixed frame 22. The main conveyor 23 includes a pair of pulleys 24 rotatably supported at the front end and the rear end of the fixed frame 22, and a conveyor belt 25 that extends between the pair of pulleys 24 and extends in the front-rear direction. Yes. Here, a driving force is applied to one of the pair of pulleys 24 from a driving mechanism such as a motor (not shown). As a result, the transport unit 25a located on the upper side of the conveyor belt 25 can travel forward. When the conveyance unit 25a is traveling forward, when the rubber sheet 11A is supplied onto the conveyance unit 25a from the rear side by a supply unit (not shown), the rubber sheet 11A is supported from below by the conveyance unit 25a. It is conveyed toward the front.
 また、固定フレーム22の後端部の上端部には、上刃28と下刃29とからなる切断手段が、支持部30,31を介して取付けられており、下刃29の上部には、補強繊維14を搬送するための搬送部32が配置されている。ここで、補強繊維14は、搬送部32上を、図示しないローラにより繰り出して搬送してもよく、メインコンベア23と同様のコンベアを用いて搬送してもよい。この搬送部32および上記ローラまたはコンベアは、全体として、複数の補強繊維片12をゴムシート11A上に散布して補強繊維片層13を形成するための散布手段を構成する。 In addition, a cutting means including an upper blade 28 and a lower blade 29 is attached to the upper end portion of the rear end portion of the fixed frame 22 via support portions 30 and 31. A transport unit 32 for transporting the reinforcing fibers 14 is disposed. Here, the reinforcing fiber 14 may be fed out and conveyed by a roller (not shown) on the conveyance unit 32 or may be conveyed using a conveyor similar to the main conveyor 23. The conveying section 32 and the rollers or conveyors as a whole constitute spraying means for spraying a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12 on the rubber sheet 11A to form the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13.
 搬送部32上を機械的に前方に搬送される補強繊維14は、下刃29の前端で、上刃28と下刃29とにより切断されて複数の補強繊維片12となり、ゴムシート11A上に落下する。この下刃29の前端は、メインコンベア23の後端部の直上に位置している。このように、補強繊維14を切断して補強繊維片12とするための切断手段と、切断された補強繊維片12をゴムシート11A上に散布するための散布手段とを一体的に設けて、切断工程と散布工程とを連続して行うものとしたので、あらかじめ補強繊維片に切断しておくものではないために補強繊維片同士が絡み合うことがなく、開繊の必要を生じない。また、一定の速度で補強繊維14を巻き出し、一定の速度で補強繊維14を切断すれば、切断された補強繊維片12を一定の速度で得ることができるので、容易に一定時間に一定量の補強繊維片12を供給することができる。1回の切断量が大量でなければ、補強繊維片同士は絡み合うこともなく、開繊機を通す必要も生じない。したがって、一定の速度で切断した補強繊維12片を、そのままゴムシート11A上に散布すれば、補強繊維片層13において補強繊維片12がランダムな位置およびランダムな配向性を有する補強部材10を得ることができる。 The reinforcing fiber 14 mechanically conveyed forward on the conveying unit 32 is cut at the front end of the lower blade 29 by the upper blade 28 and the lower blade 29 to form a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12 on the rubber sheet 11A. Fall. The front end of the lower blade 29 is located immediately above the rear end portion of the main conveyor 23. In this way, a cutting means for cutting the reinforcing fiber 14 into the reinforcing fiber piece 12 and a spreading means for spreading the cut reinforcing fiber piece 12 on the rubber sheet 11A are integrally provided, Since the cutting step and the spraying step are performed continuously, the reinforcing fiber pieces are not entangled with each other because the reinforcing fiber pieces are not cut in advance, and the need for opening is not generated. Further, if the reinforcing fibers 14 are unwound at a constant speed and cut at a constant speed, the cut reinforcing fiber pieces 12 can be obtained at a constant speed, so that a certain amount can be easily obtained at a constant time. The reinforcing fiber pieces 12 can be supplied. If the amount of cutting at one time is not large, the reinforcing fiber pieces are not entangled with each other, and it is not necessary to pass through a fiber opening machine. Therefore, if the reinforcing fiber 12 pieces cut at a constant speed are spread on the rubber sheet 11A as they are, the reinforcing member 10 having the random positions and the random orientation of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 in the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 is obtained. be able to.
 ここで、切断により作製される補強繊維片12の量、すなわち、単位時間当たりの補強繊維片12の供給量は、補強繊維14の搬送速度の設定により、所定値に調整される。また、搬送される補強繊維14の本数は、目的とする補強繊維片12の供給量および補強繊維片層13の幅に基づき所定本数とすることができる。 Here, the amount of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 produced by cutting, that is, the supply amount of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 per unit time is adjusted to a predetermined value by setting the conveying speed of the reinforcing fibers 14. The number of the reinforcing fibers 14 to be conveyed can be a predetermined number based on the supply amount of the target reinforcing fiber pieces 12 and the width of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13.
 搬送部32から落下した補強繊維片12は、ゴムシート11Aに対する補強繊維片12の散布位置Pにおいて、ゴムシート11A上に散布される(ばらまかれる)。上記のような補強繊維片12の散布およびゴムシート11Aの搬送は継続して行われるため、ゴムシート11A上には、複数の補強繊維片12から構成されてゴムシート11Aの長手方向に延びる補強繊維片層13が形成される。 The reinforcing fiber pieces 12 dropped from the conveying unit 32 are dispersed (spread) on the rubber sheet 11A at the application position P of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 with respect to the rubber sheet 11A. Since the dispersion of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 and the conveyance of the rubber sheet 11A are continuously performed as described above, the reinforcement composed of the plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12 and extending in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 11A is provided on the rubber sheet 11A. A fiber piece layer 13 is formed.
 このようにゴムシート11A上に複数の補強繊維片12をあらかじめ散布して補強繊維片層13を形成するものとしたので、散布後の補強繊維片12は倒伏した状態で平坦なゴムシート11Aにより下方から支持される。その結果、補強繊維片12の配向方向(延在方向)を容易にランダムとすることができるとともに、その分布を容易に均一とすることができる。また、補強繊維片12の散布、ゴムシート11Aの供給および圧着を行うだけで補強部材10を製造することができるので、装置の製作費を安価とすることもできる。 As described above, since the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 is formed by previously spreading the plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12 on the rubber sheet 11A, the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 after the spreading are laid down by the flat rubber sheet 11A. Supported from below. As a result, the orientation direction (extending direction) of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 can be easily randomized, and the distribution can be easily made uniform. Further, since the reinforcing member 10 can be manufactured simply by spreading the reinforcing fiber pieces 12, supplying the rubber sheet 11A, and pressing, the manufacturing cost of the apparatus can be reduced.
 ここで、単位時間当たりの補強繊維片12の供給量(補強繊維14の搬送速度)と、メインコンベア23におけるコンベアベルト25の走行速度との比を変化させれば、成形される補強繊維片層13の目付け量を容易に調節することができる。単位時間当たりの補強繊維片12の供給量をm(g/s)、ゴムシート11A上に形成しようとする補強繊維片層13の幅(目的幅)をd(m)とし、コンベアベルト25の走行速度を速度V(m/s)とすると、本装置により作製できる補強部材10の目付け量ρ(単位面積あたりの重量(g/m))は、下記式により表される。
   ρ=m/Vd
Here, if the ratio between the supply amount of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 per unit time (conveying speed of the reinforcing fibers 14) and the running speed of the conveyor belt 25 in the main conveyor 23 is changed, the reinforcing fiber piece layer to be formed is changed. The basis weight of 13 can be easily adjusted. The supply amount of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 per unit time is m (g / s), and the width (target width) of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 to be formed on the rubber sheet 11A is d (m). Assuming that the traveling speed is speed V (m / s), the basis weight ρ (weight per unit area (g / m 2 )) of the reinforcing member 10 that can be manufactured by the present apparatus is represented by the following formula.
ρ = m / Vd
 なお、本実施形態においては、ゴムシート11Aを支持台上に載置して静止させる一方、ゴムシート11Aの上方に設置された散布手段をゴムシート11Aの長手方向に移動させながら、散布手段よりゴムシート11A上に補強繊維片12を散布するものとしてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the rubber sheet 11A is placed on the support base and is stationary, while the spraying means installed above the rubber sheet 11A is moved in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 11A by the spraying means. The reinforcing fiber pieces 12 may be dispersed on the rubber sheet 11A.
 符号46は、上記散布手段とゴムシート11Aとの間に設置されたガイド体を示し、このガイド体46は、固定フレーム22に取付けプレート47を介して取り付けられている。ここで、ガイド体46は、ゴムシート11Aの長手方向に平行な一対の壁部46aを有し、この一対の壁部46a間の間隔は、ゴムシート11Aの幅よりも幅狭に形成されている。このようなガイド体46を配置することで、散布手段により散布された補強繊維片12はガイド体46によりガイドされながらゴムシート11A上に供給されることになるので、補強繊維片12のゴムシート11Aの幅方向外側への飛散が効果的に防止される。但し、この場合、補強繊維片12のゴムシート11Aの長手方向への飛散は若干生ずることになるので、散布開始部分および終了部分には、補強繊維片12の密度が低い部分が形成される。したがって、より好適には、ガイド体46がさらに、ゴムシート11Aの幅方向に平行な一対の壁部46bを有し、上下方向にのみ開口して内部に断面矩形の通路を有するものとする。これにより、ゴムシート11Aの長手方向への補強繊維片12の飛散についても防止することが可能となるので、補強繊維片12の周囲への飛散をより効果的に防止することができ、結果として、ゴムシート11A上の目的の範囲にすべての補強繊維片12を散布することが可能となる。なお、この場合のガイド体の内部の通路の形状は、断面矩形の他、断面円形等であってもよい。 Reference numeral 46 denotes a guide body installed between the spraying means and the rubber sheet 11A. The guide body 46 is attached to the fixed frame 22 via an attachment plate 47. Here, the guide body 46 has a pair of wall portions 46a parallel to the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 11A, and the interval between the pair of wall portions 46a is formed narrower than the width of the rubber sheet 11A. Yes. By arranging such a guide body 46, the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 spread by the spreading means are supplied onto the rubber sheet 11A while being guided by the guide body 46, so that the rubber sheet of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 is supplied. The scattering of 11A to the outside in the width direction is effectively prevented. However, in this case, since the scattering of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 11A occurs slightly, portions where the density of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 is low are formed in the spray start portion and the end portion. Therefore, more preferably, the guide body 46 further includes a pair of wall portions 46b parallel to the width direction of the rubber sheet 11A, and is open only in the vertical direction and has a passage having a rectangular cross section inside. Thereby, since it becomes possible to prevent scattering of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 11A, scattering of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 around the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 can be more effectively prevented. All the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 can be dispersed in the target range on the rubber sheet 11A. In addition, the shape of the channel | path inside the guide body in this case may be a cross-sectional circle other than a cross-sectional rectangle.
 また、一部の補強繊維片12は、落下中にガイド体46に衝突するが、この衝突により補強繊維片12は跳ね回ってランダムに姿勢が変化し、この結果、補強繊維片12がゴムシート11A上に、さらに均一に、かつ、ランダムな配向方向にて散布される。 In addition, some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 collide with the guide body 46 during the fall, and the collision of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 changes randomly due to the collision, and as a result, the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 become the rubber sheet. 11A is further uniformly distributed in a random orientation direction.
 ここで、ガイド体46を散布手段とゴムシート11Aとの間に設置する場合には、ガイド体46の下端からゴムシート11Aの表面までの距離hを、補強繊維片12の長さの5倍以下、特には1倍~3倍の範囲内とすることが好ましい。ガイド体46の高さhを必要以上に高くすると、補強繊維片12が周囲に飛び散ってしまい、目的幅dの範囲内に補強繊維片12を精度良く散布することが困難となる。 Here, when the guide body 46 is installed between the spraying means and the rubber sheet 11A, the distance h from the lower end of the guide body 46 to the surface of the rubber sheet 11A is five times the length of the reinforcing fiber piece 12. In the following, it is particularly preferably in the range of 1 to 3 times. When the height h of the guide body 46 is increased more than necessary, the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 are scattered around and it is difficult to accurately distribute the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 within the range of the target width d.
 また、ゴムシート11A上の補強繊維片12をさらに均一に、かつ、ランダムな配向方向とするために、例えば、ガイド体46の内側面に、直線状または曲線状に延びる複数の邪魔ロッドや邪魔板等を取付けて、散布手段からゴムシート11A上に落下する途中の補強繊維片12を邪魔ロッド等に衝突させ、さらに多くの補強繊維片12を落下途中で跳ね回らせるようにしてもよい。さらに、本実施形態においては、補強繊維片層13の目付け量を調節するために、ガイド体46内に磁場または電場を発生する発生手段を設置したり、複数のスリットが形成された調節板を設置することもできる。 Further, in order to make the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 on the rubber sheet 11A more uniform and randomly oriented, for example, a plurality of baffle rods or baffles extending linearly or curvedly on the inner surface of the guide body 46 are used. A plate or the like may be attached so that the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 falling on the rubber sheet 11A from the spraying means collide with a baffle rod or the like, and more reinforcing fiber pieces 12 may be rebounded during the dropping. Furthermore, in the present embodiment, in order to adjust the basis weight of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13, a generating means for generating a magnetic field or an electric field is installed in the guide body 46, or an adjusting plate in which a plurality of slits are formed. It can also be installed.
 符号50は、散布手段より前方で固定フレーム22の上端に取り付けられた支持台であり、この支持台50には、長尺で連続したゴムシート11Bが多数回ロール状に巻取られた巻きロール51が、回転可能に支持されている。この巻きロール51から巻出されたゴムシート11Bは、巻きロール51の直下において固定フレーム22に回転可能に支持された複数のガイドローラ52によりガイドされながら、散布位置Pより前方に位置する供給位置D(ゴムシート11Aに対するゴムシート11Bの供給位置)に上方から供給され、この供給位置Dにおいてゴムシート11A上に重ね合わされ、このとき、補強繊維片層13は、ゴムシート11A,11B間に介装される。 Reference numeral 50 is a support base attached to the upper end of the fixed frame 22 in front of the spraying means, and on this support base 50, a winding roll in which a long and continuous rubber sheet 11B is wound in a roll shape many times. 51 is rotatably supported. The rubber sheet 11 </ b> B unwound from the winding roll 51 is guided by a plurality of guide rollers 52 that are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 22 immediately below the winding roll 51, and is a supply position positioned forward from the spraying position P. D (supply position of rubber sheet 11B to rubber sheet 11A) is supplied from above, and is superimposed on rubber sheet 11A at supply position D. At this time, reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 is interposed between rubber sheets 11A and 11B. Be dressed.
 上記支持台50、巻きロール51およびガイドローラ52は、全体として、ゴムシート11A上にゴムシート11Bを供給して重ね合わせ、これらゴムシート11A,11B間に補強繊維片層13を介装する供給手段53を構成する。なお、本実施形態においては、メインコンベア23にゴムシート11A,11Bを供給する供給手段として、押出し機やカレンダーロール装置を用いてもよく、この場合には、成形直後の温度の高いゴムシート11A,11Bがメインコンベア23に供給される。 The support base 50, the winding roll 51, and the guide roller 52 as a whole supply and superimpose the rubber sheet 11B on the rubber sheet 11A, and supply the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 between the rubber sheets 11A and 11B. The means 53 is configured. In the present embodiment, an extruder or a calender roll device may be used as a supply means for supplying the rubber sheets 11A and 11B to the main conveyor 23. In this case, the rubber sheet 11A having a high temperature immediately after molding is used. , 11B are supplied to the main conveyor 23.
 符号56は、供給位置Dの直前に設置された圧着手段であり、この圧着手段56は上下に離れた2対の上ローラ57および下ローラ58を有し、これら2対の上下ローラ57,58は、前後方向に所定距離離れて配置されている。これら2個の上ローラ57は、いずれも両端部が固定フレーム22に回転可能に支持されるとともに、ゴムシート11Aに重ね合わされたゴムシート11Bの上面に押圧状態で転がり接触している。一方、2個の下ローラ58は、いずれも両端部が固定フレーム22にフリー回転可能に支持されるとともに、コンベアベルト25の搬送部25aの下面に押圧状態で転がり接触している。 Reference numeral 56 is a pressure-bonding means installed immediately before the supply position D. The pressure-bonding means 56 has two pairs of upper and lower rollers 57 and 58 which are separated from each other in the vertical direction, and these two pairs of upper and lower rollers 57 and 58. Are arranged at a predetermined distance in the front-rear direction. Both ends of these two upper rollers 57 are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 22 and are in rolling contact with the upper surface of the rubber sheet 11B superimposed on the rubber sheet 11A. On the other hand, both of the two lower rollers 58 are supported by the fixed frame 22 so as to be freely rotatable, and are in rolling contact with the lower surface of the conveying portion 25a of the conveyor belt 25 in a pressed state.
 また、上ローラ57には、図示しない駆動機構から駆動力が付与されており、これにより、上ローラ57はコンベアベルト25の走行速度(ゴムシート11A等の搬送速度)と周速が同一速度で駆動回転する。この結果、これら2対の上下ローラ57,58間を、重ね合わされた直後の補強繊維片層13およびゴムシート11A,11Bが通過すると、ゴムシート11A,11Bは補強繊維片層13を間に介装した状態で互いに押付けられて圧着され、これにより補強部材10が製造される。 Further, a driving force is applied to the upper roller 57 from a driving mechanism (not shown), whereby the upper roller 57 has the same traveling speed (conveying speed of the rubber sheet 11A and the like) as the peripheral speed. Drive and rotate. As a result, when the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 and the rubber sheets 11A, 11B immediately after being overlapped pass between the two pairs of upper and lower rollers 57, 58, the rubber sheets 11A, 11B are interposed between the reinforcing fiber piece layers 13. In a worn state, they are pressed against each other and pressed, whereby the reinforcing member 10 is manufactured.
 ここで、上記上下ローラ57,58は、50~100℃の範囲内の温度まで加熱することが好ましい。その理由は、この温度範囲に上下ローラ57,58を加熱すると、ゴムシート11A,11Bの加硫を進行させることなくゴムシート11A,11Bのゴムを可塑化させて、補強繊維片12間の間隙に流動侵入させ、各補強繊維片12の外表面全域にゴムを密着させることができるからである。なお、本実施形態においては、圧着手段として、加熱媒体を供給または排出することにより膨張または収縮するブラダを用いてもよく、この場合には、このブラダの膨張により、ゴムシート11A,11B同士を押し付けて圧着する。 Here, the upper and lower rollers 57 and 58 are preferably heated to a temperature in the range of 50 to 100 ° C. The reason is that when the upper and lower rollers 57 and 58 are heated to this temperature range, the rubber of the rubber sheets 11A and 11B is plasticized without proceeding with the vulcanization of the rubber sheets 11A and 11B, and the gap between the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 is increased. This is because the rubber can be adhered to the entire outer surface of each reinforcing fiber piece 12. In the present embodiment, a bladder that expands or contracts by supplying or discharging a heating medium may be used as the crimping means. In this case, the rubber sheets 11A and 11B are connected to each other by the expansion of the bladder. Press and crimp.
 上記散布位置Pと供給位置Dとの間において、ゴムシート11Aおよび補強繊維片層13の直上には、プーリ24に平行で外周に複数の突起61を有する回転可能な絡み合わせローラ62が配置されている。一方、この絡み合わせローラ62の直下には、絡み合わせローラ62と平行でコンベアベルト25の搬送部25aの下面に転がり接触する支持ローラ63が設置され、この支持ローラ63は、ゴムシート11Aを搬送部25aを介して下方から支持している。これら絡み合わせローラ62および支持ローラ63の軸方向両端部は固定フレーム22に回転可能に支持されているが、絡み合わせローラ62には図示しない駆動機構から駆動力が付与されており、その結果、絡み合わせローラ62は、突起61の先端における周速がコンベアベルト25の走行速度と同一の速度で駆動回転する。 Between the spraying position P and the supply position D, a rotatable entanglement roller 62 having a plurality of protrusions 61 on the outer periphery and parallel to the pulley 24 is disposed immediately above the rubber sheet 11A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13. ing. On the other hand, immediately below the entanglement roller 62, a support roller 63 is installed in parallel with the entanglement roller 62 and in rolling contact with the lower surface of the conveying portion 25a of the conveyor belt 25. The support roller 63 conveys the rubber sheet 11A. It is supported from below via the part 25a. Both ends of the entanglement roller 62 and the support roller 63 in the axial direction are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 22, but the entanglement roller 62 is given a driving force from a drive mechanism (not shown). The entanglement roller 62 is driven to rotate at the peripheral speed at the tip of the protrusion 61 at the same speed as the traveling speed of the conveyor belt 25.
 このように絡み合わせローラ62が回転すると、突起61の先端部はメインコンベア23により搬送されている補強繊維片層13の一部をゴムシート11A側に押し込んで、一部の補強繊維片12を変形させ、一部の補強繊維片12同士を部分的に絡み合わせる。その結果、ゴムシート11A上での補強繊維片12の位置が安定して、前述のように補強繊維片12の摩擦係数が小さくても、ゴムシート11Aの両側端から補強繊維片12が移動して落下する(滑り落ちる)ことを強力に抑制することができる。ここで、突起61の半径方向長さは、1~100mmの範囲内とすることが好ましい。 When the entanglement roller 62 rotates in this way, the tip of the protrusion 61 pushes a part of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 conveyed by the main conveyor 23 toward the rubber sheet 11A, and a part of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 is moved. By deforming, some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 are partially entangled with each other. As a result, even if the position of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 on the rubber sheet 11A is stable and the friction coefficient of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 is small as described above, the reinforcing fiber piece 12 moves from both ends of the rubber sheet 11A. Can be strongly suppressed from falling (sliding down). Here, the radial length of the protrusion 61 is preferably in the range of 1 to 100 mm.
 符号66は、散布位置Pと供給位置Dとの間、ここでは絡み合わせローラ62と供給位置Dとの間に設置された押し潰しローラであり、この押し潰しローラ66は、絡み合わせローラ62と平行に延びるとともに、その軸方向両端部が固定フレーム22に回転可能に支持されている。押し潰しローラ66には前記駆動機構から駆動力が付与されており、その結果、この押し潰しローラ66は、その外表面における周速がコンベアベルト25の走行速度と同一の速度で回転することができる。また、押し潰しローラ66の外表面には、ローレット掛けやショットブラスト加工等によりある程度の凹凸が形成され、これにより押し潰しローラ66と補強繊維片層13との間の摩擦係数が高くなって、これらの間の滑りが抑制される。 Reference numeral 66 denotes a crushing roller installed between the spraying position P and the supply position D, here between the entanglement roller 62 and the supply position D. The crushing roller 66 is connected to the entanglement roller 62. While extending in parallel, both ends in the axial direction are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 22. A driving force is applied to the crushing roller 66 from the driving mechanism. As a result, the crushing roller 66 rotates at a peripheral speed on the outer surface thereof at the same speed as the traveling speed of the conveyor belt 25. it can. Further, a certain degree of unevenness is formed on the outer surface of the crushing roller 66 by knurling, shot blasting, or the like, thereby increasing the friction coefficient between the crushing roller 66 and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13, Slip between them is suppressed.
 一方、押し潰しローラ66の直下には、押し潰しローラ66と平行に、コンベアベルト25の搬送部25aの下面に転がり接触する支持ローラ67が設置されている。この支持ローラ67は、ゴムシート11Aを搬送部25aを介して下方から支持するとともに、その軸方向両端部が固定フレーム22に回転可能に支持されている。この押し潰しローラ66は、ゴムシート11Aおよび補強繊維片層13が押し潰しローラ66と支持ローラ67との間を通過するとき、補強繊維片層13をゴムシート11Aに押し付けて、補強繊維片層13を厚さ方向に全体的に若干押し潰す。 On the other hand, immediately below the crushing roller 66, a support roller 67 is installed in parallel with the crushing roller 66 so as to be in rolling contact with the lower surface of the conveying portion 25a of the conveyor belt 25. The support roller 67 supports the rubber sheet 11 </ b> A from below via the transport unit 25 a, and both axial ends thereof are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 22. The crushing roller 66 presses the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 against the rubber sheet 11A when the rubber sheet 11A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 pass between the crushing roller 66 and the support roller 67, thereby reinforcing the reinforcing fiber piece layer. Crush 13 slightly in the thickness direction as a whole.
 これにより、ゴムシート11A上での補強繊維片12の位置がさらに安定し、その結果、前述のように補強繊維片12の摩擦係数が小さくても、ゴムシート11A上での補強繊維片12の移動、特に、ゴムシート11Aの両側端からの落下を強力に抑制することができる。なお、本実施形態においては、絡み合わせローラ62を、上記とは逆に押し潰しローラ66の前方に設置するようにしてもよい。 Thereby, the position of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 on the rubber sheet 11A is further stabilized. As a result, even if the friction coefficient of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 is small as described above, the reinforcing fiber piece 12 on the rubber sheet 11A is Movement, in particular, dropping from both side ends of the rubber sheet 11A can be strongly suppressed. In the present embodiment, the entanglement roller 62 may be installed in front of the crushing roller 66, contrary to the above.
 また、図示はしないが、本実施形態においては、さらに、ゴムシート11Aを振動させるための振動発生機構を設けることが好ましい。すなわち、ゴムシート11Aを搬送するメインコンベア23に、振動発生装置を配置することが好ましい。ゴムシート11A上に落下した補強繊維片12は、高密度になればなるほど、周囲の補強繊維片12と塊を作りやすくなり、このような塊は、密度の不均一の原因となる。本実施形態では、メインコンベア23に振動発生装置を配置して、コンベアベルト25に振動を与え、上記散布工程において、ゴムシート11Aを振動させることで、補強繊維片12の塊化を解消することができる。振動発生機構は、例えば、コンベアベルト25の内側に配置することができ、その振動方向は、ゴムシート11Aの幅方向とすることができる。この際の振動周波数は、好適には1Hz~1kHz、より好適には1Hz~1000Hz、さらに好適には10Hz~100Hzの範囲である。振動周波数が1Hz以下では、振動のエネルギーが少なく、補強繊維片12が動きにくい。一方、振動周波数が高すぎると、エネルギーが強すぎて補強繊維片12が周囲に飛び散ってしまうおそれがある。 Although not shown, in the present embodiment, it is preferable to further provide a vibration generating mechanism for vibrating the rubber sheet 11A. That is, it is preferable to arrange a vibration generator on the main conveyor 23 that conveys the rubber sheet 11A. The higher the density of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 that have fallen on the rubber sheet 11A, the easier it is to form lumps with the surrounding reinforcing fiber pieces 12, and these lumps cause uneven density. In the present embodiment, a vibration generator is arranged on the main conveyor 23, the conveyor belt 25 is vibrated, and the rubber sheet 11A is vibrated in the spraying step, thereby eliminating the agglomeration of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12. Can do. The vibration generating mechanism can be disposed, for example, inside the conveyor belt 25, and the vibration direction can be the width direction of the rubber sheet 11A. The vibration frequency at this time is preferably in the range of 1 Hz to 1 kHz, more preferably 1 Hz to 1000 Hz, and further preferably 10 Hz to 100 Hz. When the vibration frequency is 1 Hz or less, the vibration energy is small and the reinforcing fiber piece 12 is difficult to move. On the other hand, if the vibration frequency is too high, the energy is too strong and the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 may be scattered around.
 次に、本実施形態の作用について説明する。
 上述のような補強部材10を製造するには、まず、搬送部32により補強繊維14を固定フレーム22方向に送り出す。このとき、メインコンベア23にはゴムシート11Aが後側から供給されるが、このようにメインコンベア23に供給されたゴムシート11Aは搬送部25aの前方への走行により、搬送部25aにより下方から支持されながら前方に向かって搬送される。
Next, the operation of this embodiment will be described.
In order to manufacture the reinforcing member 10 as described above, first, the reinforcing fiber 14 is sent out in the direction of the fixed frame 22 by the transport unit 32. At this time, the rubber sheet 11A is supplied to the main conveyor 23 from the rear side. The rubber sheet 11A supplied to the main conveyor 23 in this way travels forward from the conveyance unit 25a and is conveyed from below by the conveyance unit 25a. It is conveyed toward the front while being supported.
 ここで、補強繊維14は、下刃29の前端で、上刃28と下刃29とにより切断されて複数の補強繊維片12となり、ゴムシート11A上に落下する。このとき、補強繊維14の搬送速度により、単位時間当たりの補強繊維片12の供給量が所定値に調整される。落下した補強繊維片12は、ゴムシート11A上の、ここでは散布位置Pに若干広がりながら落下して、均一に、かつ、ランダムな配向で散布される。このように補強繊維片12のゴムシート11A上への散布を、ゴムシート11Aの上方から補強繊維片12を落下させることで行うようにすれば、補強繊維片12を容易かつ確実にゴムシート11A上に散布することができる。 Here, the reinforcing fiber 14 is cut by the upper blade 28 and the lower blade 29 at the front end of the lower blade 29 to form a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12, and falls onto the rubber sheet 11A. At this time, the supply amount of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 per unit time is adjusted to a predetermined value by the conveyance speed of the reinforcing fibers 14. The dropped reinforcing fiber pieces 12 fall on the rubber sheet 11A, here spreading slightly to the spraying position P, and are sprayed uniformly and randomly. In this way, if the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 are spread on the rubber sheet 11A by dropping the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 from above the rubber sheet 11A, the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 can be easily and reliably attached to the rubber sheet 11A. Can be sprayed on top.
 落下途中において補強繊維片12はガイド体46によりガイドされ、補強繊維片12の両側方への飛散が効果的に防止される。また、一部の補強繊維片12は落下途中においてガイド体46に衝突するが、この衝突により補強繊維片12が跳ね回ってランダムに姿勢が変化し、この結果、ゴムシート11A上の補強繊維片12は分布がさらに均一になるとともに、配向方向もさらにランダムとなる。さらに、コンベアベルト25に振動を付与してゴムシート11Aを振動させれば、補強繊維片12の塊化をより効果的に抑制することができる。補強繊維片12の散布およびゴムシート11Aの搬送は継続して行われるため、ゴムシート11A上にはゴムシート11Aの長手方向に延びる多数本の補強繊維片12から構成された補強繊維片層13が形成される。 During the fall, the reinforcing fiber piece 12 is guided by the guide body 46, and scattering of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 to both sides is effectively prevented. In addition, some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 collide with the guide body 46 in the middle of dropping, and the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 jump around due to the collision, and the posture changes randomly. As a result, the reinforcing fiber pieces on the rubber sheet 11A 12, the distribution becomes more uniform and the orientation direction becomes further random. Furthermore, if vibration is given to the conveyor belt 25 to vibrate the rubber sheet 11A, the agglomeration of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 can be more effectively suppressed. Since the dispersion of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 and the conveyance of the rubber sheet 11A are continuously performed, the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12 extending in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 11A on the rubber sheet 11A. Is formed.
 その後、上記補強繊維片層13は、コンベアベルト25の走行によりゴムシート11Aとともに前方に向かって搬送され、絡み合わせローラ62および支持ローラ63間を通過するが、このとき、絡み合わせローラ62の突起61の先端部が補強繊維片層13の一部をゴムシート11A側に押し込んで、一部の補強繊維片12を変形させ、一部の補強繊維片12同士を部分的に絡み合わせてゴムシート11A上での補強繊維片12の位置を安定させる。 Thereafter, the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 is conveyed forward together with the rubber sheet 11A by running of the conveyor belt 25 and passes between the entanglement roller 62 and the support roller 63. At this time, the protrusion of the entanglement roller 62 The front end portion 61 pushes a part of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 toward the rubber sheet 11A, deforms some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12, and partially entangles the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 with each other. The position of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 on 11A is stabilized.
 次に、ゴムシート11Aおよび補強繊維片層13は、コンベアベルト25により搬送されて押し潰しローラ66および支持ローラ67に供給されるが、これら押し潰しローラ66および支持ローラ67間をゴムシート11Aおよび補強繊維片層13が通過する際、押し潰しローラ66は補強繊維片層13をゴムシート11Aに押し付けて、補強繊維片層13を厚さ方向に全体的に若干押し潰し、ゴムシート11A上での補強繊維片12の位置をさらに安定させる。 Next, the rubber sheet 11A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 are conveyed by the conveyor belt 25 and supplied to the crushing roller 66 and the support roller 67. The rubber sheet 11A and the support roller 67 are interposed between the rubber sheet 11A and the support roller 67. When the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 passes, the crushing roller 66 presses the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 against the rubber sheet 11A to slightly crush the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 in the thickness direction as a whole, and on the rubber sheet 11A. The position of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 is further stabilized.
 ゴムシート11Aおよび補強繊維片層13がコンベアベルト25により供給位置Dまで搬送されると、供給手段53の巻きロール51から巻出されたゴムシート11Bが上方からゴムシート11A上に供給されて重ね合わされ、これにより、補強繊維片層13がゴムシート11A,11B間に介装される。その後、このようなゴムシート11A,11Bおよび補強繊維片層13は、コンベアベルト25により上下ローラ57,58に供給される。これら上下ローラ57,58間をゴムシート11A,11Bおよび補強繊維片層13が通過する際、ゴムシート11A,11Bは、間に補強繊維片層13が介装された状態で互いに押付けられて圧着され、補強部材10が製造される。 When the rubber sheet 11A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 are conveyed to the supply position D by the conveyor belt 25, the rubber sheet 11B unwound from the winding roll 51 of the supply means 53 is supplied onto the rubber sheet 11A from above and overlapped. Thus, the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 is interposed between the rubber sheets 11A and 11B. Thereafter, the rubber sheets 11 </ b> A and 11 </ b> B and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 are supplied to the upper and lower rollers 57 and 58 by the conveyor belt 25. When the rubber sheets 11A and 11B and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 pass between the upper and lower rollers 57 and 58, the rubber sheets 11A and 11B are pressed against each other with the reinforcing fiber piece layer 13 interposed between them and pressure bonded. Then, the reinforcing member 10 is manufactured.
 このとき、上下ローラ57,58は前述の温度範囲に加熱されているので、ゴムシート11A,11Bのゴムは可塑化して補強繊維片12間の間隙に流動侵入し、各補強繊維片12の外表面全域にゴムが密着する。このようにして製造された補強部材10は加硫されるとともに、所定長さに切断されて、上述したような用途に用いられる。 At this time, since the upper and lower rollers 57 and 58 are heated to the above-described temperature range, the rubber of the rubber sheets 11A and 11B is plasticized and flows into the gap between the reinforcing fiber pieces 12, Rubber adheres to the entire surface. The reinforcing member 10 manufactured in this way is vulcanized and cut into a predetermined length and used for the above-described applications.
 次に、本発明の補強部材の製造方法および製造装置の第二の実施形態について、詳細に説明する。
 図9は、本発明の補強部材の製造方法および製造装置の他の実施形態を示す一部切欠正面図であり、図10は、図9のII-II線に沿う断面図である。本発明は、図11に示すような、一対の帯状未加硫ゴムシート111A,111B間に、補強繊維を所定長に切断した複数の補強繊維片112からなる補強繊維片層113が介装されてなる補強部材110を製造する際の技術の改良に係るものである。
Next, a second embodiment of the method and apparatus for manufacturing a reinforcing member of the present invention will be described in detail.
9 is a partially cutaway front view showing another embodiment of the method and apparatus for manufacturing a reinforcing member of the present invention, and FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line II-II in FIG. In the present invention, a reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 112 obtained by cutting reinforcing fibers into a predetermined length is interposed between a pair of strip-like unvulcanized rubber sheets 111A and 111B as shown in FIG. The present invention relates to an improvement in technology when manufacturing the reinforcing member 110.
 上記補強部材110は、未加硫ゴムからなる帯状のゴムシート111Aと、このゴムシート111A上に重ね合わされて圧着された未加硫ゴムからなる帯状のゴムシート111Bと、これらゴムシート111A,111B間に介装された複数の補強繊維片112からなる補強繊維片層113とから形成される。ゴムシート111A,111Bは同一幅である。また、補強繊維片層113はゴムシート111A,111Bとほぼ同一幅であって、ゴムシート111A,111Bの長手方向に延在して配設されている。また、本実施形態において、ゴムシート111A,111Bとしては、常温まで温度の低下したゴムシートを使用している。 The reinforcing member 110 includes a belt-like rubber sheet 111A made of unvulcanized rubber, a belt-like rubber sheet 111B made of unvulcanized rubber superimposed on the rubber sheet 111A and pressure-bonded, and the rubber sheets 111A and 111B. It is formed from a reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 112 interposed therebetween. The rubber sheets 111A and 111B have the same width. The reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 has substantially the same width as that of the rubber sheets 111A and 111B, and is disposed so as to extend in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheets 111A and 111B. Moreover, in this embodiment, the rubber sheet 111A, 111B is a rubber sheet whose temperature is lowered to room temperature.
 本実施形態において、ゴムシート111A,111Bを構成するゴムとしては、従来よりタイヤなどの補強部材用途等に使用されているゴム種のうちから適宜選択して用いることができ、特に制限されるものではない。具体的には例えば、第一の実施形態におけるのと同様の汎用のゴムを用いることができる。また、ゴムシート111A,111Bの厚さについても、第一の実施形態におけるのと同様とすることができる。 In the present embodiment, the rubber constituting the rubber sheets 111A and 111B can be appropriately selected from rubber types conventionally used for reinforcing member applications such as tires, and is particularly limited. is not. Specifically, for example, a general-purpose rubber similar to that in the first embodiment can be used. The thicknesses of the rubber sheets 111A and 111B can be the same as in the first embodiment.
 また、補強繊維片層113は、複数の補強繊維片112が複数箇所で交差しながら実質上均一に分布することで層状となっている。本実施形態において、補強繊維片層113中の補強繊維片112は、不織布のように互いに複雑に絡み合ったものではなく、直線状に延びて、単に上下に重なり合うだけで、ほとんど絡み合っていない。なお、本実施形態において、補強繊維片112は弧状やS字状等の曲線状に延びていてもよい。また、これら補強繊維片112は、ランダムに配向(延在方向が無秩序)しており、部位ごとに異なる目付け密度、図示例では図中の上方から下方に向かい漸減する目付け密度にて、かつ、ゴムシート111A上で倒伏して、その上面に平行に延びている。 Further, the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 is formed into a layer shape by a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 112 being substantially uniformly distributed while intersecting at a plurality of locations. In the present embodiment, the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 in the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 are not intertwined in a complicated manner like a nonwoven fabric, extend in a straight line, simply overlap each other, and are hardly intertwined. In the present embodiment, the reinforcing fiber piece 112 may extend in a curved shape such as an arc shape or an S shape. In addition, these reinforcing fiber pieces 112 are randomly oriented (the extending direction is disordered), have different basis weights for each part, in the illustrated example, at a basis weight that gradually decreases from the top to the bottom in the figure, and It lies down on the rubber sheet 111A and extends parallel to the upper surface.
 その結果、補強部材110は、各部位においてはいずれの方向においても強度がほぼ同一となるのに対し、部位ごとに異なる強度を有するものとなる。また、補強部材110は、補強部材110を切断して使用した場合においても、補強部材110の切断端には極めて断面積の小さい補強繊維片112の切断面が多数露出しているだけであるので、亀裂発生の核となることもない。補強部材110の強度は、補強繊維片層113における補強繊維片12の密度(目付け密度)を調節することで、容易に調節することができる。 As a result, the reinforcing member 110 has the same strength in each direction in each part, but has a different strength for each part. Further, even when the reinforcing member 110 is cut and used, only a large number of cut surfaces of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 having a very small cross-sectional area are exposed at the cut end of the reinforcing member 110. Also, it does not become the nucleus of crack generation. The strength of the reinforcing member 110 can be easily adjusted by adjusting the density (weight density) of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 in the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113.
 加硫後の補強部材110は、空気入りタイヤを構成するベルト層やカーカス層、ワイヤーチェーファー、コンベアベルト、クローラ車両用のゴムクローラ等に好適に適用可能である。特には、加硫後の補強部材110は、空気入りタイヤにおけるサイド部の補強層として用いることが好ましく、拡張前の材料段階で、ビード部側が低く、トレッド部側が高い密度の不均一な状態にしておくことで、拡張後のトレッド部側の密度低下を防止することができる。また、例えば、補強層のビード部側をより高密度にしたい場合には、ビード部側に補強部材の高密度部分を割り当てることも考えられる。特に、乗用車用空気入りタイヤの場合には、リムフランジからの突き上げによる破壊からカーカスプライを補強するために、ビード部の補強量が多いほど良い。ここで、トレッド部側の密度を上げたいだけであれば、均一分布のまま全体の密度を上げるという考え方もできるが、この場合、ビード部に過剰な量の補強繊維片が散布されることとなるので、非効率である。また、必要以上の補強繊維片を散布する場合、そのためのワイヤカットに掛かる工数も無視できないため、好ましくないといえる。なお、本実施形態においては、一部の補強繊維片112の配向を調節して、例えば、ゴムシートの幅方向あるいは長手方向に延びる補強繊維片112の割合を増加させるものとしてもよい。 The vulcanized reinforcing member 110 can be suitably applied to a belt layer, a carcass layer, a wire chafer, a conveyor belt, a rubber crawler for a crawler vehicle, or the like constituting a pneumatic tire. In particular, the vulcanized reinforcing member 110 is preferably used as a side layer reinforcing layer in a pneumatic tire, and in a material stage before expansion, the bead portion side is low and the tread portion side is in a non-uniform state with high density. In this case, it is possible to prevent a decrease in density on the tread portion side after expansion. Further, for example, when it is desired to make the bead portion side of the reinforcing layer more dense, it is conceivable to assign a high-density portion of the reinforcing member to the bead portion side. In particular, in the case of a pneumatic tire for a passenger car, it is better that the reinforcement amount of the bead portion is larger in order to reinforce the carcass ply from the damage caused by the push-up from the rim flange. Here, if you only want to increase the density on the tread part side, you can also think of increasing the overall density with a uniform distribution, but in this case, an excessive amount of reinforcing fiber pieces will be scattered on the bead part. This is inefficient. In addition, when spraying more reinforcing fiber pieces than necessary, it can be said that it is not preferable because man-hours for wire cutting for that purpose cannot be ignored. In the present embodiment, the orientation of some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 may be adjusted, for example, to increase the ratio of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 extending in the width direction or the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet.
 ここで、切断後の補強繊維片112の長さ(所定長)、直径および補強繊維片層113の目付け量(1m当たりの質量)は、第一の実施形態におけるのと同様とすることができる。 Here, the length (predetermined length) and diameter of the reinforcing fiber piece 112 after cutting and the basis weight of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 (mass per 1 m 2 ) may be the same as those in the first embodiment. it can.
 なお、本実施形態においても、第一の実施形態におけるのと同様に、補強部材に用いる全ての補強繊維片が単一長さおよび径である必要はなく、複数種の長さおよび径を有する補強繊維片を混合して使用してもよいが、上記範囲内の長さおよび径のものを用いることが好適である。特に、補強繊維片の長さが長すぎると、補強部材の均一性が損われるので、例えば、タイヤに適用した場合には、ユニフォミティを決定する成分である、タイヤ形状やタイヤ剛性の周方向均一性が低下するという点から好ましくない。また、補強繊維の断面形状は、基本的に円形であるが、楕円または三角形などの多角形状のものを用いてもよい。 In this embodiment as well, as in the first embodiment, it is not necessary that all the reinforcing fiber pieces used for the reinforcing member have a single length and a diameter, but a plurality of types of lengths and diameters. The reinforcing fiber pieces may be mixed and used, but those having a length and a diameter within the above range are preferably used. In particular, if the length of the reinforcing fiber piece is too long, the uniformity of the reinforcing member is impaired. For example, when applied to a tire, the tire shape and the tire rigidity are uniform in the circumferential direction, which is a component that determines uniformity. It is not preferable from the point that property falls. In addition, the cross-sectional shape of the reinforcing fiber is basically circular, but a polygonal shape such as an ellipse or a triangle may be used.
 本実施形態において、上記補強繊維としては、いかなる材質のものを用いてもよく、通常、タイヤ等の補強部材に用いられている各種材料のうちから、適宜選択して用いることが可能である。具体的には例えば、第一の実施形態と同様の無機繊維および有機繊維が挙げられ、中でも、無機繊維、特にはスチールフィラメントを用いることが好ましい。 In the present embodiment, any material may be used as the reinforcing fiber, and it can be appropriately selected from various materials usually used for reinforcing members such as tires. Specifically, for example, the same inorganic fibers and organic fibers as in the first embodiment can be mentioned, and among them, it is preferable to use inorganic fibers, particularly steel filaments.
 また、上記補強繊維は、第一の実施形態におけるのと同様に、ゴム中に埋設されて補強部材を形成するものであるため、ゴムとの接着性を確保するために、めっきまたは接着剤処理されていることが必要である。めっきおよび接着剤処理に係る条件についても、第一の実施形態におけるのと同様とすることができ、特に制限されるものではない。 Moreover, since the reinforcing fiber is embedded in rubber to form a reinforcing member, as in the first embodiment, plating or adhesive treatment is performed in order to ensure adhesion with rubber. It is necessary to be. The conditions relating to plating and adhesive treatment can be the same as those in the first embodiment, and are not particularly limited.
 図示する製造装置は、床面121上に固定された前後方向に延びる固定フレーム122を有しており、この固定フレーム122の下部には、前後方向に延びるメインコンベア123が取り付けられている。このメインコンベア123は、固定フレーム122の前端および後端にそれぞれ回転可能に支持された一対のプーリ124と、これら一対のプーリ124間に掛け渡され前後方向に延びるコンベアベルト125とを有している。ここで、一対のプーリ124のうち、いずれか一方のプーリ124には、図示しないモータ等の駆動機構から駆動力が付与される。その結果、コンベアベルト125の上側に位置する搬送部125aは、前方に向かって走行することが可能となる。この搬送部125aが前方に走行しているとき、搬送部125a上に、図示しない供給手段により後側からゴムシート111Aが供給されると、ゴムシート111Aは、搬送部125aにより下方から支持されながら前方に向かって搬送される。 The illustrated manufacturing apparatus has a fixed frame 122 that is fixed on the floor 121 and extends in the front-rear direction, and a main conveyor 123 that extends in the front-rear direction is attached to the lower part of the fixed frame 122. The main conveyor 123 includes a pair of pulleys 124 rotatably supported at the front end and the rear end of the fixed frame 122, and a conveyor belt 125 that extends between the pair of pulleys 124 and extends in the front-rear direction. Yes. Here, a driving force is applied to one of the pair of pulleys 124 from a driving mechanism such as a motor (not shown). As a result, the transport unit 125a positioned on the upper side of the conveyor belt 125 can travel forward. When the rubber sheet 111A is supplied from the rear side to the conveying part 125a by a supply means (not shown) while the conveying part 125a is traveling forward, the rubber sheet 111A is supported from below by the conveying part 125a. It is conveyed toward the front.
 また、固定フレーム122の後端部の上端部には、上刃128と下刃129とからなる切断手段が、支持部130,131を介して取付けられており、下刃129の上部には、補強繊維114を搬送するための搬送部132が配置されている。ここで、補強繊維114は、搬送部132上を、図示しないローラにより繰り出して搬送してもよく、メインコンベア123と同様のコンベアを用いて搬送してもよい。この搬送部132および上記ローラまたはコンベアは、全体として、複数の補強繊維片112をゴムシート111A上に散布して補強繊維片層113を形成するための散布手段を構成する。 In addition, a cutting means including an upper blade 128 and a lower blade 129 is attached to the upper end portion of the rear end portion of the fixed frame 122 via support portions 130 and 131. A transport unit 132 for transporting the reinforcing fibers 114 is disposed. Here, the reinforcing fibers 114 may be fed out and conveyed on the conveyance unit 132 by a roller (not shown), or may be conveyed using a conveyor similar to the main conveyor 123. The transport unit 132 and the rollers or conveyors as a whole constitute spraying means for spraying a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 112 on the rubber sheet 111A to form the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113.
 搬送部132上を機械的に前方に搬送される補強繊維114は、下刃129の前端で、上刃128と下刃129とにより切断されて複数の補強繊維片112となり、ゴムシート111A上に落下する。この下刃129の前端は、メインコンベア123の後端部の直上に位置している。このように、補強繊維114を切断して補強繊維片112とするための切断手段と、切断された補強繊維片112をゴムシート111A上に散布するための散布手段とを一体的に設けて、切断工程と散布工程とを連続して行うものとしたので、あらかじめ補強繊維片に切断しておくものではないために補強繊維片同士が絡み合うことがなく、開繊の必要を生じない。また、一定の速度で補強繊維114を巻き出し、一定の速度で補強繊維114を切断すれば、切断された補強繊維片112を一定の速度で得ることができるので、容易に一定時間に一定量の補強繊維片112を供給することができる。1回の切断量が大量でなければ、補強繊維片同士は絡み合うこともなく、開繊機を通す必要も生じない。したがって、一定の速度で切断した補強繊維112片をゴムシート111A上に散布すれば、補強繊維片層113において補強繊維片112がランダムな配向性を有する、均一な密度の補強部材110を得ることができる。 The reinforcing fibers 114 mechanically conveyed forward on the conveying unit 132 are cut at the front end of the lower blade 129 by the upper blade 128 and the lower blade 129 to become a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 112, and on the rubber sheet 111A. Fall. The front end of the lower blade 129 is located immediately above the rear end portion of the main conveyor 123. In this way, a cutting means for cutting the reinforcing fiber 114 into the reinforcing fiber piece 112 and a spreading means for spreading the cut reinforcing fiber piece 112 on the rubber sheet 111A are integrally provided, Since the cutting step and the spraying step are performed continuously, the reinforcing fiber pieces are not entangled with each other because the reinforcing fiber pieces are not cut in advance, and the need for opening is not generated. Further, if the reinforcing fibers 114 are unwound at a constant speed and cut at a constant speed, the cut reinforcing fiber pieces 112 can be obtained at a constant speed, so that a certain amount can be easily obtained at a constant time. The reinforcing fiber pieces 112 can be supplied. If the amount of cutting at one time is not large, the reinforcing fiber pieces are not entangled with each other, and it is not necessary to pass through a fiber opening machine. Therefore, if the reinforcing fiber 112 pieces cut at a constant speed are spread on the rubber sheet 111A, the reinforcing member 110 having a uniform density in which the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 have a random orientation in the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 is obtained. Can do.
 ここで、切断により作製される補強繊維片112の量、すなわち、単位時間当たりの補強繊維片112の供給量は、補強繊維114の搬送速度の設定により、所定値に調整される。また、搬送される補強繊維114の本数は、目的とする補強繊維片112の供給量および補強繊維片層113の幅に基づき所定本数とすることができる。 Here, the amount of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 produced by cutting, that is, the supply amount of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 per unit time is adjusted to a predetermined value by setting the conveying speed of the reinforcing fibers 114. Further, the number of the reinforcing fibers 114 to be conveyed can be a predetermined number based on the supply amount of the target reinforcing fiber pieces 112 and the width of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113.
 搬送部132から落下した補強繊維片112は、後述するガイド体146を介して、ゴムシート111Aに対する補強繊維片112の散布位置Pにおいて、ゴムシート111A上に散布される(ばらまかれる)。上記のような補強繊維片112の散布およびゴムシート111Aの搬送は継続して行われるため、ゴムシート111A上には、複数の補強繊維片112から構成されてゴムシート111Aの長手方向に延びる補強繊維片層113が形成される。 The reinforcing fiber pieces 112 dropped from the conveying unit 132 are spread (spread) on the rubber sheet 111A at the spreading position P of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 with respect to the rubber sheet 111A via a guide body 146 described later. Since the dispersion of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 and the conveyance of the rubber sheet 111A are continuously performed as described above, the reinforcement formed of the plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 112 on the rubber sheet 111A and extending in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 111A. A fiber piece layer 113 is formed.
 このようにゴムシート111A上に複数の補強繊維片112をあらかじめ散布して補強繊維片層113を形成するものとしたので、散布後の補強繊維片112は倒伏した状態で平坦なゴムシート111Aにより下方から支持される。その結果、補強繊維片112の配向方向(延在方向)を容易にランダムとすることができるとともに、後述するようにゴムシート111Aの長手方向においては、その分布を容易に均一とすることができる。また、補強繊維片112の散布、ゴムシート111Aの供給および圧着を行うだけで補強部材110を製造することができるので、装置の製作費を安価とすることもできる。 As described above, since the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 is formed by previously spreading the plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 112 on the rubber sheet 111A, the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 after the spreading are lying down by the flat rubber sheet 111A. Supported from below. As a result, the orientation direction (extending direction) of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 can be easily randomized, and the distribution can be easily made uniform in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 111A as described later. . Further, since the reinforcing member 110 can be manufactured simply by spreading the reinforcing fiber pieces 112, supplying the rubber sheet 111A, and pressing, the manufacturing cost of the apparatus can be reduced.
 ここで、単位時間当たりの補強繊維片112の供給量(補強繊維114の搬送速度)と、メインコンベア123におけるコンベアベルト125の走行速度との比を変化させれば、成形される補強繊維片層113の目付け量を容易に調節することができる。単位時間当たりの補強繊維片112の供給量をm(g/s)、ゴムシート111A上に形成しようとする補強繊維片層113の幅(目的幅)をd(m)とし、コンベアベルト125の走行速度を速度V(m/s)とすると、本装置により作製できる補強部材110の目付け量ρ(単位面積あたりの重量(g/m))は、下記式により表される。
   ρ=m/Vd
Here, if the ratio between the supply amount of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 per unit time (the conveying speed of the reinforcing fibers 114) and the running speed of the conveyor belt 125 in the main conveyor 123 is changed, the reinforcing fiber piece layer to be formed The basis weight of 113 can be easily adjusted. The supply amount of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 per unit time is m (g / s), and the width (target width) of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 to be formed on the rubber sheet 111A is d (m). Assuming that the traveling speed is a speed V (m / s), the basis weight ρ (weight per unit area (g / m 2 )) of the reinforcing member 110 that can be manufactured by the present apparatus is represented by the following formula.
ρ = m / Vd
 なお、本実施形態においては、ゴムシート111Aを支持台上に載置して静止させる一方、ゴムシート111Aの上方に設置された散布手段をゴムシート111Aの長手方向に移動させながら、散布手段よりゴムシート111A上に補強繊維片112を散布するものとしてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the rubber sheet 111A is placed on the support base and stopped, while the spraying means installed above the rubber sheet 111A is moved in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 111A by the spraying means. The reinforcing fiber pieces 112 may be dispersed on the rubber sheet 111A.
 符号146は、上記散布手段とゴムシート111Aとの間に設置されたガイド体を示し、このガイド体146は、固定フレーム122に取付けプレート147を介して取り付けられている。ここで、ガイド体146は上下方向にのみ開口し、内部に通路を有している。また、ガイド体146の、ゴムシート111Aの幅方向に沿う幅は、上端部より下端部で広く、かつ、上方から下方に向かい漸増する部分を有するよう形成されている。このようなガイド体146を配置することで、散布手段により散布された補強繊維片112はガイド体146によりガイドされながらゴムシート111A上に供給されることになるので、補強繊維片112の周囲への飛散が効果的に防止される。また、ガイド体146のゴムシート111Aの幅方向に沿う幅が、上端部より下端部で広く、かつ、上方から下方に向かい漸増する部分を有するものとなっているので、補強繊維片112は、切断位置の直下に落ちる量が多い一方、切断位置よりもゴムシート111Aの幅方向外側に落ちる量が少なくなる。これにより、すべての補強繊維片112をゴムシート111A上の目的の範囲に、かつ、ゴムシート111Aの幅方向中心から外側に向かい密度が低下するように散布することが可能となる。 Reference numeral 146 denotes a guide body installed between the spraying means and the rubber sheet 111 </ b> A. The guide body 146 is attached to the fixed frame 122 via a mounting plate 147. Here, the guide body 146 is opened only in the vertical direction, and has a passage inside. Further, the width of the guide body 146 along the width direction of the rubber sheet 111A is formed so as to have a portion that is wider at the lower end than the upper end and gradually increases from the upper side to the lower side. By arranging such a guide body 146, the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 spread by the spreading means are supplied onto the rubber sheet 111A while being guided by the guide body 146. Is effectively prevented. Further, since the width along the width direction of the rubber sheet 111A of the guide body 146 is wider at the lower end than the upper end and has a portion that gradually increases from the upper side to the lower side, the reinforcing fiber piece 112 is While the amount that falls directly below the cutting position is large, the amount that falls outside in the width direction of the rubber sheet 111A is smaller than the cutting position. As a result, all the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 can be dispersed in a target range on the rubber sheet 111A and from the center in the width direction of the rubber sheet 111A toward the outside so that the density decreases.
 図12(a)~(c)に、ガイド体146のバリエーションを示す。本発明において、ガイド体146は、上下方向にのみ開口し、ゴムシート111Aの幅方向(図中の横方向)に沿う幅が、上端部より下端部で広く、かつ、上方から下方に向かい漸増する部分を有するものであればよい。符号146Aは、ゴムシート111Aの長手方向に沿う幅が、上方から下方に向かい漸増する部分(以下、拡径部と称する)であり、この拡径部146Aにより、ゴムシート111Aの幅方向中心から外側に向かい補強繊維片112の密度が低下している密度分布が形成される。拡径部146Aの形状は、図示するように、ゴムシート111Aの長手方向において左右対称であっても(図中の(a))左右非対称であってもよく(図中の(b),(c))、断面の外形は直線状であっても(図中の(b))曲線状であってもよい(図中の(a)~(c))。 FIGS. 12A to 12C show variations of the guide body 146. FIG. In the present invention, the guide body 146 is opened only in the vertical direction, and the width along the width direction (lateral direction in the drawing) of the rubber sheet 111A is wider at the lower end than the upper end, and gradually increases from the upper side to the lower side. What is necessary is just to have a part to do. Reference numeral 146A is a portion where the width along the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 111A gradually increases from the upper side to the lower side (hereinafter referred to as a diameter-enlarged portion). A density distribution in which the density of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 decreases toward the outside is formed. The shape of the enlarged diameter portion 146A may be bilaterally symmetric in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 111A ((a) in the figure) or asymmetrical in the left and right ((b), ( c)), the outer shape of the cross section may be linear ((b) in the figure) or curved ((a) to (c) in the figure).
 本発明においては、ガイド体146の、ゴムシート111Aの幅方向の断面形状を調整することで、補強繊維片112の密度分布を制御することができる。ここで、補強繊維片112が散布される有効幅をd1、ガイド体146の内部における上部端のゴムシート111Aの幅方向の幅をd2、拡径部146Aの幅が散布有効幅d1になる位置の鉛直方向高さをh1、高さh1の位置から拡径部146Aの開始位置までの鉛直方向高さをh2とした。幅d1は、補強用途、例えば、タイヤの特性要件に基づき決定される材料の幅であるので、基本的には変更されない。比d1/d2は補強繊維片112の粗密度を変化させるパラメータとなる。また、高さh2も粗密度を変化させるパラメータとなる。高さh1が大きいと、ゴムシート111Aの幅方向中央への補強繊維片112の密集は起こりにくく、有効幅d1を超えてゴムシート111Aの幅方向外側に補強繊維片112が飛散しやすい(図13(a)参照)。また、高さh2が小さいと、ゴムシート111Aの幅方向中央に補強繊維片112が密集しやすく、幅d2が小さい場合も、ゴムシート111Aの幅方向中央に補強繊維片112が密集しやすい(図13(b)参照)。 In the present invention, the density distribution of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 can be controlled by adjusting the cross-sectional shape of the rubber sheet 111A in the width direction of the guide body 146. Here, the position where the effective width in which the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 are dispersed is d1, the width in the width direction of the rubber sheet 111A at the upper end in the guide body 146 is d2, and the width of the expanded diameter portion 146A is the effective distribution width d1. The height in the vertical direction is h1, and the height in the vertical direction from the position of the height h1 to the start position of the enlarged diameter portion 146A is h2. Since the width d1 is a width of the material determined based on the characteristic requirements of the tire, for example, for reinforcement, it is not basically changed. The ratio d1 / d2 is a parameter for changing the coarse density of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112. The height h2 is also a parameter for changing the coarse density. When the height h1 is large, the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 are less likely to be concentrated in the center in the width direction of the rubber sheet 111A, and the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 are likely to be scattered outside the width direction of the rubber sheet 111A beyond the effective width d1 (see FIG. 13 (a)). Further, when the height h2 is small, the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 are likely to be densely gathered at the center in the width direction of the rubber sheet 111A, and when the width d2 is small, the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 are likely to be densely gathered at the center in the width direction of the rubber sheet 111A ( (Refer FIG.13 (b)).
 なお、一部の補強繊維片112は、落下中にガイド体146に衝突するが、この衝突により補強繊維片112は跳ね回ってランダムに姿勢が変化し、この結果、補強繊維片112は、ランダムな配向方向にて、かつ、ゴムシート111Aの長手方向においてはさらに均一に散布される。 Note that some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 collide with the guide body 146 during the fall. However, due to this collision, the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 bouncing around and randomly change their postures. As a result, the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 are randomly In a uniform orientation and in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 111A, it is more evenly dispersed.
 また、ゴムシート111A上の補強繊維片112を長手方向においてさらに均一に、かつ、ランダムな配向方向とするために、例えば、ガイド体146の内側面に、直線状または曲線状に延びる複数の邪魔ロッドや邪魔板等を取付けて、散布手段からゴムシート111A上に落下する途中の補強繊維片112を邪魔ロッド等に衝突させ、さらに多くの補強繊維片112を落下途中で跳ね回らせるようにしてもよい。さらに、本実施形態においては、補強繊維片層113の目付け量を調節するために、ガイド体146内に磁場または電場を発生する発生手段を設置したり、複数のスリットが形成された調節板を設置することもできる。 Further, in order to make the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 on the rubber sheet 111A more uniform and random in the longitudinal direction, for example, a plurality of obstacles extending linearly or curvedly on the inner surface of the guide body 146 Attach a rod, baffle plate, etc. so that the reinforcing fiber piece 112 falling on the rubber sheet 111A from the spraying means collides with the baffle rod, etc., and more reinforcing fiber pieces 112 bounce around in the middle of dropping. Also good. Furthermore, in the present embodiment, in order to adjust the basis weight of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113, a generating means for generating a magnetic field or an electric field is installed in the guide body 146, or an adjusting plate on which a plurality of slits are formed. It can also be installed.
 符号150は、散布手段より前方で固定フレーム122の上端に取り付けられた支持台であり、この支持台150には、長尺で連続したゴムシート111Bが多数回ロール状に巻取られた巻きロール151が、回転可能に支持されている。この巻きロール151から巻出されたゴムシート111Bは、巻きロール151の直下において固定フレーム122に回転可能に支持された複数のガイドローラ152によりガイドされながら、散布位置Pより前方に位置する供給位置D(ゴムシート111Aに対するゴムシート111Bの供給位置)に上方から供給され、この供給位置Dにおいてゴムシート111A上に重ね合わされ、このとき、補強繊維片層113は、ゴムシート111A,111B間に介装される。 Reference numeral 150 is a support base attached to the upper end of the fixed frame 122 in front of the spraying means, and a long and continuous rubber sheet 111B is wound around the support base 150 in a roll shape. 151 is rotatably supported. The rubber sheet 111 </ b> B unwound from the winding roll 151 is guided by a plurality of guide rollers 152 that are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 122 immediately below the winding roll 151, and is a supply position positioned in front of the spraying position P. D (supply position of the rubber sheet 111B to the rubber sheet 111A) is supplied from above, and is superimposed on the rubber sheet 111A at the supply position D. At this time, the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 is interposed between the rubber sheets 111A and 111B. Be dressed.
 上記支持台150、巻きロール151およびガイドローラ152は、全体として、ゴムシート111A上にゴムシート111Bを供給して重ね合わせ、これらゴムシート111A,111B間に補強繊維片層113を介装する供給手段153を構成する。なお、本実施形態においては、メインコンベア123にゴムシート111A,111Bを供給する供給手段として、押出し機やカレンダーロール装置を用いてもよく、この場合には、成形直後の温度の高いゴムシート111A,111Bがメインコンベア123に供給される。 The support base 150, the winding roll 151, and the guide roller 152 as a whole supply and superimpose a rubber sheet 111B on the rubber sheet 111A, and supply a reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 between the rubber sheets 111A and 111B. The means 153 is configured. In the present embodiment, an extruder or a calender roll device may be used as a supply means for supplying the rubber sheets 111A and 111B to the main conveyor 123. In this case, the rubber sheet 111A having a high temperature immediately after molding is used. , 111B is supplied to the main conveyor 123.
 符号156は、供給位置Dの直前に設置された圧着手段であり、この圧着手段156は上下に離れた2対の上ローラ157および下ローラ158を有し、これら2対の上下ローラ157,158は、前後方向に所定距離離れて配置されている。これら2個の上ローラ157は、いずれも両端部が固定フレーム122に回転可能に支持されるとともに、ゴムシート111Aに重ね合わされたゴムシート111Bの上面に押圧状態で転がり接触している。一方、2個の下ローラ158は、いずれも両端部が固定フレーム122にフリー回転可能に支持されるとともに、コンベアベルト125の搬送部125aの下面に押圧状態で転がり接触している。 Reference numeral 156 is a pressure-bonding means installed immediately before the supply position D. The pressure-bonding means 156 has two pairs of an upper roller 157 and a lower roller 158 that are separated from each other in the vertical direction. Are arranged at a predetermined distance in the front-rear direction. Both ends of these two upper rollers 157 are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 122 and are in rolling contact with the upper surface of the rubber sheet 111B superimposed on the rubber sheet 111A. On the other hand, both ends of the two lower rollers 158 are supported by the fixed frame 122 so as to be freely rotatable, and are in rolling contact with the lower surface of the conveying portion 125a of the conveyor belt 125 in a pressed state.
 また、上ローラ157には、図示しない駆動機構から駆動力が付与されており、これにより、上ローラ157はコンベアベルト125の走行速度(ゴムシート111A等の搬送速度)と周速が同一速度で駆動回転する。この結果、これら2対の上下ローラ157,158間を、重ね合わされた直後の補強繊維片層113およびゴムシート111A,111Bが通過すると、ゴムシート111A,111Bは補強繊維片層113を間に介装した状態で互いに押付けられて圧着され、これにより補強部材110が製造される。 Further, a driving force is applied to the upper roller 157 from a driving mechanism (not shown), whereby the upper roller 157 has the same traveling speed as the conveyor belt 125 (conveying speed of the rubber sheet 111A, etc.) and the peripheral speed. Drive and rotate. As a result, when the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 and the rubber sheets 111A and 111B immediately after being overlapped pass between the two pairs of upper and lower rollers 157 and 158, the rubber sheets 111A and 111B are interposed between the reinforcing fiber piece layers 113. In a mounted state, they are pressed against each other and pressed, whereby the reinforcing member 110 is manufactured.
 ここで、上記上下ローラ157,158は、50~100℃の範囲内の温度まで加熱することが好ましい。その理由は、この温度範囲に上下ローラ157,158を加熱すると、ゴムシート111A,111Bの加硫を進行させることなくゴムシート111A,111Bのゴムを可塑化させて、補強繊維片112間の間隙に流動侵入させ、各補強繊維片112の外表面全域にゴムを密着させることができるからである。なお、本実施形態においては、圧着手段として、加熱媒体を供給または排出することにより膨張または収縮するブラダを用いてもよく、この場合には、このブラダの膨張により、ゴムシート111A,111B同士を押し付けて圧着する。 Here, the upper and lower rollers 157 and 158 are preferably heated to a temperature in the range of 50 to 100 ° C. The reason is that when the upper and lower rollers 157 and 158 are heated to this temperature range, the rubber of the rubber sheets 111A and 111B is plasticized without proceeding with the vulcanization of the rubber sheets 111A and 111B, and the gap between the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 is increased. This is because the rubber can be adhered to the entire outer surface of each reinforcing fiber piece 112. In the present embodiment, a bladder that expands or contracts by supplying or discharging a heating medium may be used as the crimping means. In this case, the rubber sheets 111A and 111B are bonded to each other by the expansion of the bladder. Press and crimp.
 上記散布位置Pと供給位置Dとの間において、ゴムシート111Aおよび補強繊維片層113の直上には、プーリ124に平行で外周に複数の突起161を有する回転可能な絡み合わせローラ162が配置されている。一方、この絡み合わせローラ162の直下には、絡み合わせローラ162と平行でコンベアベルト125の搬送部125aの下面に転がり接触する支持ローラ163が設置され、この支持ローラ163は、ゴムシート111Aを搬送部125aを介して下方から支持している。これら絡み合わせローラ162および支持ローラ163の軸方向両端部は固定フレーム122に回転可能に支持されているが、絡み合わせローラ162には図示しない駆動機構から駆動力が付与されており、その結果、絡み合わせローラ162は、突起161の先端における周速がコンベアベルト125の走行速度と同一の速度で駆動回転する。 Between the spraying position P and the supply position D, a rotatable entanglement roller 162 having a plurality of protrusions 161 on the outer periphery parallel to the pulley 124 is disposed immediately above the rubber sheet 111A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113. ing. On the other hand, immediately below the entanglement roller 162, a support roller 163 that is in parallel with the entanglement roller 162 and is in rolling contact with the lower surface of the conveying portion 125a of the conveyor belt 125 is installed. The support roller 163 conveys the rubber sheet 111A. It supports from below via the part 125a. Both ends in the axial direction of the entanglement roller 162 and the support roller 163 are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 122, but the entanglement roller 162 is given a driving force from a drive mechanism (not shown). The entanglement roller 162 is driven and rotated at a peripheral speed at the tip of the protrusion 161 at the same speed as the traveling speed of the conveyor belt 125.
 このように絡み合わせローラ162が回転すると、突起161の先端部はメインコンベア123により搬送されている補強繊維片層113の一部をゴムシート111A側に押し込んで、一部の補強繊維片112を変形させ、一部の補強繊維片112同士を部分的に絡み合わせる。その結果、ゴムシート111A上での補強繊維片112の位置が安定して、前述のように補強繊維片112の摩擦係数が小さくても、ゴムシート111Aの両側端から補強繊維片112が移動して落下する(滑り落ちる)ことを強力に抑制することができる。ここで、突起161の半径方向長さは、1~100mmの範囲内とすることが好ましい。 When the entanglement roller 162 rotates in this way, the tip of the protrusion 161 pushes a part of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 conveyed by the main conveyor 123 to the rubber sheet 111A side, and a part of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 is pushed. By deforming, some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 are partially entangled with each other. As a result, even if the position of the reinforcing fiber piece 112 on the rubber sheet 111A is stable and the friction coefficient of the reinforcing fiber piece 112 is small as described above, the reinforcing fiber piece 112 moves from both side ends of the rubber sheet 111A. Can be strongly suppressed from falling (sliding down). Here, the radial length of the protrusion 161 is preferably in the range of 1 to 100 mm.
 符号166は、散布位置Pと供給位置Dとの間、ここでは絡み合わせローラ162と供給位置Dとの間に設置された押し潰しローラであり、この押し潰しローラ166は、絡み合わせローラ162と平行に延びるとともに、その軸方向両端部が固定フレーム122に回転可能に支持されている。押し潰しローラ166には前記駆動機構から駆動力が付与されており、その結果、この押し潰しローラ166は、その外表面における周速がコンベアベルト125の走行速度と同一の速度で回転することができる。また、押し潰しローラ166の外表面には、ローレット掛けやショットブラスト加工等によりある程度の凹凸が形成され、これにより押し潰しローラ166と補強繊維片層113との間の摩擦係数が高くなって、これらの間の滑りが抑制される。 Reference numeral 166 denotes a crushing roller installed between the spraying position P and the supply position D, here between the entanglement roller 162 and the supply position D. The crushing roller 166 is connected to the entanglement roller 162. While extending in parallel, both ends in the axial direction are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 122. A driving force is applied to the crushing roller 166 from the driving mechanism. As a result, the crushing roller 166 can rotate at a peripheral speed on the outer surface thereof at the same speed as the traveling speed of the conveyor belt 125. it can. Further, a certain degree of irregularities are formed on the outer surface of the crushing roller 166 by knurling, shot blasting, or the like, thereby increasing the friction coefficient between the crushing roller 166 and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113, Slip between them is suppressed.
 一方、押し潰しローラ166の直下には、押し潰しローラ166と平行に、コンベアベルト125の搬送部125aの下面に転がり接触する支持ローラ167が設置されている。この支持ローラ167は、ゴムシート111Aを搬送部125aを介して下方から支持するとともに、その軸方向両端部が固定フレーム122に回転可能に支持されている。この押し潰しローラ166は、ゴムシート111Aおよび補強繊維片層113が押し潰しローラ166と支持ローラ167との間を通過するとき、補強繊維片層113をゴムシート111Aに押し付けて、補強繊維片層113を厚さ方向に全体的に若干押し潰す。 On the other hand, a support roller 167 that is in rolling contact with the lower surface of the conveying portion 125a of the conveyor belt 125 is installed directly below the crushing roller 166 in parallel with the crushing roller 166. The support roller 167 supports the rubber sheet 111 </ b> A from below via the conveyance unit 125 a, and both end portions in the axial direction are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 122. This crushing roller 166 presses the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 against the rubber sheet 111A when the rubber sheet 111A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 pass between the crushing roller 166 and the support roller 167, and the reinforcing fiber piece layer Crush 113 slightly in the thickness direction as a whole.
 これにより、ゴムシート111A上での補強繊維片112の位置がさらに安定し、その結果、前述のように補強繊維片112の摩擦係数が小さくても、ゴムシート111A上での補強繊維片112の移動、特に、ゴムシート111Aの両側端からの落下を強力に抑制することができる。なお、本発明においては、絡み合わせローラ162を、上記とは逆に押し潰しローラ166の前方に設置するようにしてもよい。 As a result, the position of the reinforcing fiber piece 112 on the rubber sheet 111A is further stabilized. As a result, even if the friction coefficient of the reinforcing fiber piece 112 is small as described above, the reinforcing fiber piece 112 on the rubber sheet 111A is The movement, in particular, the fall from the both ends of the rubber sheet 111A can be strongly suppressed. In the present invention, the entanglement roller 162 may be installed in front of the crushing roller 166, contrary to the above.
 本発明により得られた上記補強部材110は、その長手方向中心で裁断して2分割することで、最終的な材料となる。すなわち、上述により得られる補強部材110は、幅方向中央から両外側に向かい、補強繊維片112の目付け密度が低くなっているので、長手方向中心で裁断することにより、幅方向の一端から他端に向かい目付け密度が増大または減少している材料が得られるものとなる。ここで、この裁断を行う手段については、ゴムシート111A,111Bを補強繊維片層113を間に介装した状態で互いに押付けて圧着した後、これを幅方向中心で裁断することができるものであれば、特に制限はない。なお、ガイド部材146として、図12(c)に示すような非対称な形状のものを用いた場合には、幅方向の一端から他端に向かい目付け密度が増大または減少している補強部材が直接得られるので、裁断工程は不要となる。 The reinforcing member 110 obtained according to the present invention is cut into two at the center in the longitudinal direction to become a final material. That is, the reinforcing member 110 obtained as described above is directed from the center in the width direction to both outer sides, and the basis weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 is low. Thus, a material having an increased or decreased basis weight density can be obtained. Here, as a means for performing the cutting, the rubber sheets 111A and 111B can be pressed and pressed together with the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 interposed therebetween, and then cut at the center in the width direction. If there is, there is no particular limitation. When a guide member 146 having an asymmetric shape as shown in FIG. 12C is used, a reinforcing member whose weight density increases or decreases from one end to the other end in the width direction is directly Since it is obtained, a cutting process becomes unnecessary.
 また、図示はしないが、本実施形態においては、さらに、ゴムシート111Aを振動させるための振動発生機構を設けることが好ましい。この振動発生機構の条件についても、第一の実施形態と同様とすることができ、特に制限はない。 Although not shown, in the present embodiment, it is preferable to further provide a vibration generating mechanism for vibrating the rubber sheet 111A. The conditions of this vibration generating mechanism can be the same as those in the first embodiment, and there is no particular limitation.
 次に、本実施形態の作用について説明する。
 上述のような補強部材110を製造するには、まず、搬送部132により補強繊維114を固定フレーム122方向に送り出す。このとき、メインコンベア123にはゴムシート111Aが後側から供給されるが、このようにメインコンベア123に供給されたゴムシート111Aは搬送部125aの前方への走行により、搬送部125aにより下方から支持されながら前方に向かって搬送される。
Next, the operation of this embodiment will be described.
In order to manufacture the reinforcing member 110 as described above, first, the reinforcing fiber 114 is sent out in the direction of the fixed frame 122 by the transport unit 132. At this time, the rubber sheet 111A is supplied to the main conveyor 123 from the rear side. However, the rubber sheet 111A supplied to the main conveyor 123 in this way travels forward from the conveying unit 125a and is conveyed from below by the conveying unit 125a. It is conveyed toward the front while being supported.
 ここで、補強繊維114は、下刃129の前端で、上刃128と下刃129とにより切断されて複数の補強繊維片112となり、ゴムシート111A上に落下する。このとき、補強繊維114の搬送速度により、単位時間当たりの補強繊維片112の供給量が所定値に調整される。落下した補強繊維片112は、ゴムシート111A上の、ここでは散布位置Pに、ゴムシートの長手方向には若干広がりながら落下して、均一に、かつ、ランダムな配向で散布される。このように補強繊維片112のゴムシート111A上への散布を、ゴムシート111Aの上方から補強繊維片112を落下させることで行うようにすれば、補強繊維片112を容易かつ確実にゴムシート111A上に散布することができる。 Here, the reinforcing fiber 114 is cut at the front end of the lower blade 129 by the upper blade 128 and the lower blade 129 to form a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 112 and falls onto the rubber sheet 111A. At this time, the supply amount of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 per unit time is adjusted to a predetermined value by the conveyance speed of the reinforcing fibers 114. The dropped reinforcing fiber pieces 112 fall on the rubber sheet 111A, here at the spraying position P while spreading slightly in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet, and are sprayed uniformly and in a random orientation. In this way, if the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 are spread on the rubber sheet 111A by dropping the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 from above the rubber sheet 111A, the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 can be easily and reliably attached to the rubber sheet 111A. Can be sprayed on top.
 落下途中において補強繊維片112はガイド体146によりガイドされ、補強繊維片112の両側方への飛散が効果的に防止される。また、補強繊維片112は、ガイド体146の、ゴムシート111Aの幅方向に沿う幅が上方から下方に向かい漸増する部分(拡径部146A)により、ゴムシート111Aの幅方向において、中心から両外側に向かい密度が低下するような密度分布にて、ゴムシート111A上に、ランダムな配向方向にて落下する。さらに、コンベアベルト125に振動を付与してゴムシート111Aを振動させれば、補強繊維片112の塊化をより効果的に抑制することができる。補強繊維片112の散布およびゴムシート111Aの搬送は継続して行われるため、ゴムシート111A上にはゴムシート111Aの長手方向に延びる多数本の補強繊維片112から構成された補強繊維片層113が形成される。 During the fall, the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 are guided by the guide body 146, and scattering of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 to both sides is effectively prevented. Further, the reinforcing fiber piece 112 is formed from the center in the width direction of the rubber sheet 111A by a portion (the enlarged diameter portion 146A) of the guide body 146 where the width along the width direction of the rubber sheet 111A gradually increases from the upper side to the lower side. It falls in a random orientation direction on the rubber sheet 111A in a density distribution such that the density decreases toward the outside. Furthermore, if vibration is applied to the conveyor belt 125 to vibrate the rubber sheet 111A, the agglomeration of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 can be more effectively suppressed. Since the dispersion of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 and the conveyance of the rubber sheet 111A are continuously performed, the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 112 extending in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 111A on the rubber sheet 111A. Is formed.
 その後、上記補強繊維片層113は、コンベアベルト125の走行によりゴムシート111Aとともに前方に向かって搬送され、絡み合わせローラ162および支持ローラ163間を通過するが、このとき、絡み合わせローラ162の突起161の先端部が補強繊維片層113の一部をゴムシート111A側に押し込んで、一部の補強繊維片112を変形させ、一部の補強繊維片112同士を部分的に絡み合わせてゴムシート111A上での補強繊維片112の位置を安定させる。 Thereafter, the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 is conveyed forward together with the rubber sheet 111A by running of the conveyor belt 125 and passes between the entanglement roller 162 and the support roller 163. At this time, the protrusion of the entanglement roller 162 The front end portion 161 pushes a part of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 toward the rubber sheet 111A, deforms some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112, and partially entangles the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 with each other. The position of the reinforcing fiber piece 112 on 111A is stabilized.
 次に、ゴムシート111Aおよび補強繊維片層113は、コンベアベルト125により搬送されて押し潰しローラ166および支持ローラ167に供給されるが、これら押し潰しローラ166および支持ローラ167間をゴムシート111Aおよび補強繊維片層113が通過する際、押し潰しローラ166は補強繊維片層113をゴムシート111Aに押し付けて、補強繊維片層113を厚さ方向に全体的に若干押し潰し、ゴムシート111A上での補強繊維片112の位置をさらに安定させる。 Next, the rubber sheet 111A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 are conveyed by the conveyor belt 125 and supplied to the crushing roller 166 and the supporting roller 167. The rubber sheet 111A and the supporting roller 167 are interposed between the crushing roller 166 and the supporting roller 167. When the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 passes, the crushing roller 166 presses the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 against the rubber sheet 111A to slightly crush the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 in the thickness direction as a whole, and on the rubber sheet 111A. The position of the reinforcing fiber piece 112 is further stabilized.
 ゴムシート111Aおよび補強繊維片層113がコンベアベルト125により供給位置Dまで搬送されると、供給手段153の巻きロール151から巻出されたゴムシート111Bが上方からゴムシート111A上に供給されて重ね合わされ、これにより、補強繊維片層113がゴムシート111A,111B間に介装される。その後、このようなゴムシート111A,111Bおよび補強繊維片層113は、コンベアベルト125により上下ローラ157,158に供給される。これら上下ローラ157,158間をゴムシート111A,111Bおよび補強繊維片層113が通過する際、ゴムシート111A,111Bは、間に補強繊維片層113が介装された状態で互いに押付けられて圧着され、補強部材110が製造される。この補強部材110を、さらに、その長手方向中心で裁断することにより、幅方向の一端から他端に向かい目付け密度が増大または減少している最終的な補強材料が得られる。 When the rubber sheet 111A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 are conveyed to the supply position D by the conveyor belt 125, the rubber sheet 111B unwound from the winding roll 151 of the supply means 153 is supplied onto the rubber sheet 111A from above and overlapped. Thus, the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 is interposed between the rubber sheets 111A and 111B. Thereafter, the rubber sheets 111A and 111B and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 are supplied to the upper and lower rollers 157 and 158 by the conveyor belt 125. When the rubber sheets 111A and 111B and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 pass between the upper and lower rollers 157 and 158, the rubber sheets 111A and 111B are pressed against each other with the reinforcing fiber piece layer 113 interposed between them and pressure bonded. Then, the reinforcing member 110 is manufactured. The reinforcing member 110 is further cut at the center in the longitudinal direction to obtain a final reinforcing material in which the basis density increases or decreases from one end to the other end in the width direction.
 このとき、上下ローラ157,158は前述の温度範囲に加熱されているので、ゴムシート111A,111Bのゴムは可塑化して補強繊維片112間の間隙に流動侵入し、各補強繊維片112の外表面全域にゴムが密着する。このようにして製造された補強部材110は加硫されるとともに所定長さに切断され、上述したような用途に用いられる。 At this time, since the upper and lower rollers 157 and 158 are heated to the above-described temperature range, the rubber of the rubber sheets 111A and 111B is plasticized and flows into the gap between the reinforcing fiber pieces 112, and the outer sides of the reinforcing fiber pieces 112 are removed. Rubber adheres to the entire surface. The reinforcing member 110 manufactured in this way is vulcanized and cut into a predetermined length, and is used for the above-described applications.
 次に、本発明の補強部材の製造方法および製造装置の第三の実施形態について、詳細に説明する。
 図14は、本発明の補強部材の製造方法および製造装置のさらに他の実施形態を示す一部切欠正面図であり、図15は、図14のIII-III線に沿う断面図である。本発明は、図16に示すような、一対の帯状未加硫ゴムシート211A,211B間に、補強繊維を所定長に切断した複数の補強繊維片212からなる補強繊維片層213が介装されてなる補強部材210を製造する際の技術の改良に係るものである。
Next, the third embodiment of the manufacturing method and the manufacturing apparatus of the reinforcing member of the present invention will be described in detail.
FIG. 14 is a partially cutaway front view showing still another embodiment of the reinforcing member manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus of the present invention, and FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view taken along line III-III in FIG. In the present invention, a reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 212 obtained by cutting reinforcing fibers into a predetermined length is interposed between a pair of strip-like unvulcanized rubber sheets 211A and 211B as shown in FIG. The present invention relates to an improvement in technology when manufacturing the reinforcing member 210.
 上記補強部材210は、未加硫ゴムからなる帯状のゴムシート211Aと、このゴムシート211A上に重ね合わされて圧着された未加硫ゴムからなる帯状のゴムシート211Bと、これらゴムシート211A,211B間に介装された複数の補強繊維片212からなる補強繊維片層213とから形成される。ゴムシート211A,211Bは同一幅である。また、補強繊維片層213はゴムシート211A,211Bとほぼ同一幅であって、ゴムシート211A,211Bの長手方向に延在して配設されている。また、本実施形態において、ゴムシート211A,211Bとしては、常温まで温度の低下したゴムシートを使用している。 The reinforcing member 210 includes a belt-like rubber sheet 211A made of unvulcanized rubber, a belt-like rubber sheet 211B made of unvulcanized rubber superimposed on the rubber sheet 211A and press-bonded, and these rubber sheets 211A and 211B. It is formed from a reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 212 interposed therebetween. The rubber sheets 211A and 211B have the same width. Further, the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 has substantially the same width as the rubber sheets 211A and 211B, and is disposed so as to extend in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheets 211A and 211B. Moreover, in this embodiment, the rubber sheet 211A, 211B uses a rubber sheet whose temperature has dropped to room temperature.
 本実施形態において、ゴムシート211A,211Bを構成するゴムとしては、従来よりタイヤなどの補強部材用途等に使用されているゴム種のうちから適宜選択して用いることができ、特に制限されるものではない。具体的には例えば、第一の実施形態におけるのと同様の汎用のゴムを用いることができる。また、ゴムシート211A,211Bの厚さについても、第一の実施形態におけるのと同様とすることができ、特に制限されるものではない。 In the present embodiment, the rubber constituting the rubber sheets 211A and 211B can be appropriately selected from rubber types conventionally used for reinforcing member applications such as tires, and is particularly limited. is not. Specifically, for example, a general-purpose rubber similar to that in the first embodiment can be used. Further, the thicknesses of the rubber sheets 211A and 211B can be the same as those in the first embodiment, and are not particularly limited.
 また、補強繊維片層213は、複数の補強繊維片212が複数箇所で交差しながら実質上均一に分布することで層状となっている。本実施形態において、補強繊維片層213中の補強繊維片212は、不織布のように互いに複雑に絡み合ったものではなく、直線状に延びて、単に上下に重なり合うだけで、ほとんど絡み合っていない。なお、本実施形態において、補強繊維片212は弧状やS字状等の曲線状に延びていてもよい。また、これら補強繊維片212は、図中に示すように、実質的に一方向に配向されており、かつ、ゴムシート211A上で倒伏して、その上面に平行に延びている。 Further, the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 has a layer shape in which a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 212 are distributed substantially uniformly while intersecting at a plurality of locations. In the present embodiment, the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 in the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 are not intertwined in a complicated manner like a non-woven fabric, extend in a straight line, and simply overlap each other, and are hardly intertwined. In the present embodiment, the reinforcing fiber piece 212 may extend in a curved shape such as an arc shape or an S shape. In addition, as shown in the drawing, these reinforcing fiber pieces 212 are substantially oriented in one direction, fall down on the rubber sheet 211A, and extend parallel to the upper surface thereof.
 その結果、上記補強部材210は、特定方向の補強に適したものとなり、また、補強部材210を切断して使用した場合においても、補強部材210の切断端には極めて断面積の小さい補強繊維片212の切断面が多数露出しているだけであるので、亀裂発生の核となることもない。補強部材210の強度は、補強繊維片層213における補強繊維片212の密度(目付け密度)を調節することで、容易に調節することができる。 As a result, the reinforcing member 210 is suitable for reinforcement in a specific direction. Even when the reinforcing member 210 is cut and used, a reinforcing fiber piece having a very small cross-sectional area is formed at the cut end of the reinforcing member 210. Since only a large number of the cut surfaces 212 are exposed, it does not become a nucleus of crack generation. The strength of the reinforcing member 210 can be easily adjusted by adjusting the density (weight density) of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 in the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213.
 加硫後の補強部材210は、空気入りタイヤを構成するベルト層やカーカス層、ワイヤーチェーファー、コンベアベルト、クローラ車両用のゴムクローラ等に好適に適用可能である。 The vulcanized reinforcing member 210 can be suitably applied to a belt layer, a carcass layer, a wire chafer, a conveyor belt, a rubber crawler for a crawler vehicle, etc. that constitute a pneumatic tire.
 ここで、切断後の補強繊維片212の長さ(所定長)、直径および補強繊維片層213の目付け量(1m当たりの質量)は、第一の実施形態におけるのと同様とすることができ、特に制限されるものではない。 Here, the length (predetermined length) of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 after cutting, the diameter, and the basis weight (mass per 1 m 2 ) of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 may be the same as those in the first embodiment. There is no particular limitation.
 なお、本実施形態においても、第一の実施形態におけるのと同様に、補強部材に用いる全ての補強繊維片が単一長さおよび径である必要はなく、複数種の長さおよび径を有する補強繊維片を混合して使用してもよいが、上記範囲内の長さおよび径のものを用いることが好適である。特に、補強繊維片の長さが長すぎると、補強部材の均一性が損われるので、例えば、タイヤに適用した場合には、ユニフォミティを決定する成分である、タイヤ形状やタイヤ剛性の周方向均一性が低下するという点から好ましくない。また、補強繊維の断面形状は、基本的に円形であるが、楕円または三角形などの多角形状のものを用いてもよい。 In this embodiment as well, as in the first embodiment, it is not necessary that all the reinforcing fiber pieces used for the reinforcing member have a single length and a diameter, but a plurality of types of lengths and diameters. The reinforcing fiber pieces may be mixed and used, but those having a length and a diameter within the above range are preferably used. In particular, if the length of the reinforcing fiber piece is too long, the uniformity of the reinforcing member is impaired. For example, when applied to a tire, the tire shape and the tire rigidity are uniform in the circumferential direction, which is a component that determines uniformity. It is not preferable from the point that property falls. In addition, the cross-sectional shape of the reinforcing fiber is basically circular, but a polygonal shape such as an ellipse or a triangle may be used.
 本実施形態において、上記補強繊維としては、いかなる材質のものを用いてもよく、通常、タイヤ等の補強部材に用いられている各種材料のうちから、適宜選択して用いることが可能である。具体的には例えば、第一の実施形態におけるのと同様の無機繊維および有機繊維が挙げられ、中でも、無機繊維、特にはスチールフィラメントを用いることが好ましい。 In the present embodiment, any material may be used as the reinforcing fiber, and it can be appropriately selected from various materials usually used for reinforcing members such as tires. Specifically, for example, the same inorganic fibers and organic fibers as in the first embodiment can be mentioned, and among them, it is preferable to use inorganic fibers, particularly steel filaments.
 また、上記補強繊維は、第一の実施形態におけるのと同様に、ゴム中に埋設されて補強部材を形成するものであるため、ゴムとの接着性を確保するために、めっきまたは接着剤処理されていることが必要である。メッキおよび接着剤処理の条件についても、第一の実施形態におけるのと同様とすることができ、特に制限されるものではない。 Moreover, since the reinforcing fiber is embedded in rubber to form a reinforcing member, as in the first embodiment, plating or adhesive treatment is performed in order to ensure adhesion with rubber. It is necessary to be. The conditions for plating and adhesive treatment can be the same as those in the first embodiment, and are not particularly limited.
 図示する製造装置は、床面221上に固定された前後方向に延びる固定フレーム222を有しており、この固定フレーム222の下部には、前後方向に延びるメインコンベア223が取り付けられている。このメインコンベア223は、固定フレーム222の前端および後端にそれぞれ回転可能に支持された一対のプーリ224と、これら一対のプーリ224間に掛け渡され前後方向に延びるコンベアベルト225とを有している。ここで、一対のプーリ224のうち、いずれか一方のプーリ224には、図示しないモータ等の駆動機構から駆動力が付与される。その結果、コンベアベルト225の上側に位置する搬送部225aは、前方に向かって走行することが可能となる。この搬送部225aが前方に走行しているとき、搬送部225a上に、図示しない供給手段により後側からゴムシート211Aが供給されると、ゴムシート211Aは、搬送部225aにより下方から支持されながら前方に向かって搬送される。 The illustrated manufacturing apparatus has a fixed frame 222 that is fixed on the floor surface 221 and extends in the front-rear direction, and a main conveyor 223 that extends in the front-rear direction is attached to the lower portion of the fixed frame 222. The main conveyor 223 includes a pair of pulleys 224 rotatably supported on the front end and the rear end of the fixed frame 222, and a conveyor belt 225 that extends between the pair of pulleys 224 and extends in the front-rear direction. Yes. Here, a driving force is applied to one of the pair of pulleys 224 from a driving mechanism such as a motor (not shown). As a result, the transport unit 225a located on the upper side of the conveyor belt 225 can travel forward. When the conveyance unit 225a is traveling forward, if the rubber sheet 211A is supplied onto the conveyance unit 225a from the rear side by a supply unit (not shown), the rubber sheet 211A is supported from below by the conveyance unit 225a. It is conveyed toward the front.
 また、固定フレーム222の後端部の上端部には、上刃228と下刃229とからなる切断手段が、支持部230,231を介して取付けられており、下刃229の上部には、補強繊維214を搬送するための搬送部232が配置されている。ここで、補強繊維214は、搬送部232上を、図示しないローラにより繰り出して搬送してもよく、メインコンベア223と同様のコンベアを用いて搬送してもよい。この搬送部232および上記ローラまたはコンベアは、全体として、複数の補強繊維片212をゴムシート211A上に散布して補強繊維片層213を形成するための散布手段を構成する。 Further, cutting means comprising an upper blade 228 and a lower blade 229 is attached to the upper end portion of the rear end portion of the fixed frame 222 via support portions 230 and 231. A transport unit 232 for transporting the reinforcing fibers 214 is disposed. Here, the reinforcing fibers 214 may be fed out and conveyed by a roller (not shown) on the conveyance unit 232 or may be conveyed using a conveyor similar to the main conveyor 223. The transport unit 232 and the rollers or conveyors as a whole constitute spraying means for spraying a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 212 onto the rubber sheet 211A to form the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213.
 搬送部232上を機械的に前方に搬送される補強繊維214は、下刃229の前端で、上刃228と下刃229とにより切断されて複数の補強繊維片212となり、ゴムシート211A上に落下する。この下刃229の前端は、メインコンベア223の後端部の直上に位置している。このように、補強繊維214を切断して補強繊維片212とするための切断手段と、切断された補強繊維片212をゴムシート211A上に散布するための散布手段とを一体的に設けて、切断工程と散布工程とを連続して行うものとしたので、あらかじめ補強繊維片に切断しておくものではないために補強繊維片同士が絡み合うことがなく、開繊の必要を生じない。また、一定の速度で補強繊維214を巻き出し、一定の速度で補強繊維214を切断すれば、切断された補強繊維片212を一定の速度で得ることができるので、容易に一定時間に一定量の補強繊維片212を供給することができる。1回の切断量が大量でなければ、補強繊維片同士は絡み合うこともなく、開繊機を通す必要も生じない。したがって、一定の速度で切断した補強繊維212片をゴムシート211A上に散布すれば、均一な密度の補強部材210を容易に得ることができる。 The reinforcing fibers 214 mechanically conveyed forward on the conveying unit 232 are cut at the front end of the lower blade 229 by the upper blade 228 and the lower blade 229 to form a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 212 on the rubber sheet 211A. Fall. The front end of the lower blade 229 is located immediately above the rear end portion of the main conveyor 223. In this way, a cutting means for cutting the reinforcing fiber 214 into the reinforcing fiber piece 212 and a spreading means for spreading the cut reinforcing fiber piece 212 on the rubber sheet 211A are integrally provided, Since the cutting step and the spraying step are performed continuously, the reinforcing fiber pieces are not entangled with each other because the reinforcing fiber pieces are not cut in advance, and the need for opening is not generated. Further, if the reinforcing fiber 214 is unwound at a constant speed and cut at a constant speed, the cut reinforcing fiber piece 212 can be obtained at a constant speed, so that a certain amount can be easily obtained at a constant time. The reinforcing fiber piece 212 can be supplied. If the amount of cutting at one time is not large, the reinforcing fiber pieces are not entangled with each other, and it is not necessary to pass through a fiber opening machine. Therefore, if the reinforcing fiber 212 pieces cut at a constant speed are spread on the rubber sheet 211A, the reinforcing member 210 having a uniform density can be easily obtained.
 ここで、切断により作製される補強繊維片212の量、すなわち、単位時間当たりの補強繊維片212の供給量は、補強繊維214の搬送速度の設定により、所定値に調整される。また、搬送される補強繊維214の本数は、目的とする補強繊維片212の供給量および補強繊維片層213の幅に基づき所定本数とすることができる。 Here, the amount of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 produced by cutting, that is, the supply amount of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 per unit time is adjusted to a predetermined value by setting the conveying speed of the reinforcing fiber 214. Further, the number of the reinforcing fibers 214 to be conveyed can be a predetermined number based on the supply amount of the target reinforcing fiber pieces 212 and the width of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213.
 搬送部232から落下した補強繊維片212は、後述するガイド体246を介して、ゴムシート211Aに対する補強繊維片212の散布位置Pにおいて、ゴムシート211A上に散布される(ばらまかれる)。上記のような補強繊維片212の散布およびゴムシート211Aの搬送は継続して行われるため、ゴムシート211A上には、複数の補強繊維片12から構成されてゴムシート211Aの長手方向に延びる補強繊維片層213が形成される。 The reinforcing fiber pieces 212 dropped from the conveying unit 232 are spread (spread) on the rubber sheet 211A at the spreading position P of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 with respect to the rubber sheet 211A via a guide body 246 described later. Since the dispersion of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 and the conveyance of the rubber sheet 211A are continuously performed as described above, the reinforcement composed of the plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 12 and extending in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A is provided on the rubber sheet 211A. A fiber piece layer 213 is formed.
 このようにゴムシート211A上に複数の補強繊維片212をあらかじめ散布して補強繊維片層213を形成するものとしたので、散布後の補強繊維片212は倒伏した状態で平坦なゴムシート211Aにより下方から支持される。その結果、補強繊維片212の分布を容易に均一とすることができる。また、補強繊維片212の散布、ゴムシート211Aの供給および圧着を行うだけで補強部材210を製造することができるので、装置の製作費を安価とすることもできる。 As described above, since the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 is formed by spreading a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 212 in advance on the rubber sheet 211A, the reinforcing fiber piece 212 after spreading is laid down by the flat rubber sheet 211A. Supported from below. As a result, the distribution of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 can be easily made uniform. Further, since the reinforcing member 210 can be manufactured simply by spreading the reinforcing fiber pieces 212, supplying the rubber sheet 211A, and pressing, the manufacturing cost of the apparatus can be reduced.
 ここで、単位時間当たりの補強繊維片212の供給量(補強繊維214の搬送速度)と、メインコンベア223におけるコンベアベルト225の走行速度との比を変化させれば、成形される補強繊維片層213の目付け量を容易に調節することができる。単位時間当たりの補強繊維片212の供給量をm(g/s)、ゴムシート211A上に形成しようとする補強繊維片層213の幅(目的幅)をd(m)とし、コンベアベルト225の走行速度を速度V(m/s)とすると、本装置により作製できる補強部材210の目付け量ρ(単位面積あたりの重量(g/m))は、下記式により表される。
   ρ=m/Vd
Here, if the ratio between the supply amount of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 per unit time (conveying speed of the reinforcing fibers 214) and the traveling speed of the conveyor belt 225 in the main conveyor 223 is changed, the reinforcing fiber piece layer to be formed is changed. The basis weight of 213 can be easily adjusted. The supply amount of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 per unit time is m (g / s), the width (target width) of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 to be formed on the rubber sheet 211A is d (m), and the conveyor belt 225 Assuming that the traveling speed is a speed V (m / s), the basis weight ρ (weight per unit area (g / m 2 )) of the reinforcing member 210 that can be manufactured by the present apparatus is represented by the following formula.
ρ = m / Vd
 なお、本実施形態においては、ゴムシート211Aを支持台上に載置して静止させる一方、ゴムシート211Aの上方に設置された散布手段をゴムシート211Aの長手方向に移動させながら、散布手段よりゴムシート211A上に補強繊維片212を散布するものとしてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the rubber sheet 211A is placed on the support base and stopped, while the spraying means installed above the rubber sheet 211A is moved in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A by the spraying means. The reinforcing fiber pieces 212 may be dispersed on the rubber sheet 211A.
 符号246は、上記散布手段とゴムシート211Aとの間に設置されたガイド体を示し、このガイド体246は、固定フレーム222に取付けプレート247を介して取り付けられている。ここで、ガイド体246は、少なくともゴムシート211Aより幅狭であって、上下方向にのみ開口し、内部に通路を有している。また、ガイド体246の、ゴムシート211Aの長手方向に沿う幅は、上端部より下端部で狭く、かつ、上方から下方に向かい漸減する絞り部246Aを有するよう形成されている。このようなガイド体246を配置することで、散布手段により散布された補強繊維片212はガイド体246によりガイドされながらゴムシート211A上に供給されることになるので、補強繊維片212の周囲への飛散が効果的に防止される。また、ガイド体246は、ゴムシート211Aの長手方向に沿う幅が上端部より下端部で狭く、かつ、この幅が上方から下方に向かい漸減する絞り部246Aを有するものとなっているので、補強繊維片212がゴムシート211Aの長手方向に沿う方向に向くことが妨げられ、補強繊維片212はゴムシート211Aの幅方向に配向するものとなる。これにより、ゴムシート211A上の目的の範囲に、すべての補強繊維片212を、一定の配向方向にて散布することが可能となる。 Reference numeral 246 denotes a guide body installed between the spraying means and the rubber sheet 211A. The guide body 246 is attached to the fixed frame 222 via a mounting plate 247. Here, the guide body 246 is narrower than at least the rubber sheet 211A, opens only in the vertical direction, and has a passage inside. Further, the width of the guide body 246 along the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A is formed so as to have a narrowed portion 246A that is narrower at the lower end than the upper end and gradually decreases from the upper side to the lower side. By arranging such a guide body 246, the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 spread by the spreading means are supplied onto the rubber sheet 211A while being guided by the guide bodies 246. Is effectively prevented. Further, the guide body 246 has a narrowed portion 246A in which the width along the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A is narrower at the lower end than the upper end, and the width gradually decreases from the upper side to the lower side. The fiber pieces 212 are prevented from facing in the direction along the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A, and the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 are oriented in the width direction of the rubber sheet 211A. Thereby, it becomes possible to disperse all the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 in a predetermined orientation direction within a target range on the rubber sheet 211A.
 図17(a)~(c)に、ガイド体246のバリエーションを示す。本発明において、ガイド体246は、上下方向にのみ開口し、ゴムシート211Aの長手方向(図中の横方向)に沿う幅が、上端部より下端部で狭く、かつ、上方から下方に向かい漸減する絞り部を有するものであればよい。ゴムシート211Aの長手方向に沿う幅が、散布手段側からゴムシート211A側に向かい漸減する絞り部246Aにより、補強繊維片212の配向方向が、ゴムシート211Aの幅方向に揃えられる。絞り部246Aの形状は、図示するように、ゴムシート211Aの長手方向において左右対称であっても(図中の(a))左右非対称であってもよく(図中の(b),(c))、断面の外形は直線状であっても(図中の(a),(b))曲線状であってもよい(図中の(c))。また、絞り部246Aの傾斜角度θについても、特に制限はないが、この傾斜角度θがあまり小さいと絞り部246Aの上部に補強繊維片212が堆積してしまうので、θが5°以上であることが好ましい。 FIGS. 17A to 17C show variations of the guide body 246. FIG. In the present invention, the guide body 246 is opened only in the vertical direction, the width along the longitudinal direction (lateral direction in the drawing) of the rubber sheet 211A is narrower at the lower end than the upper end, and gradually decreases from the upper side to the lower side. It is sufficient if it has a throttle part to be used. The orientation direction of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 is aligned with the width direction of the rubber sheet 211A by the narrowed portion 246A in which the width along the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A gradually decreases from the spreading means side toward the rubber sheet 211A side. As shown in the figure, the shape of the narrowed portion 246A may be bilaterally symmetric in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A ((a) in the figure) or asymmetrical in the left and right ((b), (c) in the figure. )), And the outer shape of the cross section may be linear ((a), (b) in the figure) or curved ((c) in the figure). Further, the inclination angle θ of the narrowed portion 246A is not particularly limited, but if the inclined angle θ is too small, the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 are deposited on the upper portion of the narrowed portion 246A, so θ is 5 ° or more. It is preferable.
 また、ガイド体246は、図示するように、絞り部246Aより下方に、ゴムシート211Aの長手方向に沿う幅が変動しない垂直部246Bを有することが好ましい。絞り部246Aよりゴムシート211A側に、垂直部246Bを設けることで、ゴムシート211Aの幅方向に揃えられた補強繊維片212の配向方向を絞って、この配向方向を維持した状態で、ゴムシート211A上に落とすことができる。垂直部246Bを設けないと、図18に示すように、補強繊維片212の向きが乱れて落ちてしまうことがある。 Further, as shown in the drawing, the guide body 246 preferably has a vertical portion 246B below the throttle portion 246A, where the width along the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A does not vary. By providing the vertical portion 246B on the rubber sheet 211A side from the narrowed portion 246A, the orientation direction of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 aligned in the width direction of the rubber sheet 211A is narrowed, and the rubber sheet is maintained in this state. 211A can be dropped. If the vertical portion 246B is not provided, the direction of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 may be disturbed and fall as shown in FIG.
 ガイド体246の下端部の、ゴムシート211Aの長手方向における幅dは、補強繊維片212の長さの1.0倍以下、特には0.5倍~0.8倍であることが好ましい。このガイド体246の幅dが広すぎると、補強繊維片212がゴムシート211Aの長手方向へ動く自由度が増してしまうため、配向方向を制限しにくくなる。このガイド体246の幅dは、補強繊維片212の長さによって好適な範囲が変動する。 The width d of the lower end portion of the guide body 246 in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A is preferably 1.0 times or less, particularly 0.5 to 0.8 times the length of the reinforcing fiber piece 212. If the width d of the guide body 246 is too wide, the degree of freedom of movement of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A increases, and thus it is difficult to limit the orientation direction. The preferable range of the width d of the guide body 246 varies depending on the length of the reinforcing fiber piece 212.
 また、ガイド体246の下端からゴムシート211Aまでの距離h1は、補強繊維片212の長さの1.0倍以下、特には0.5倍~0.9倍であることが好ましい。補強繊維片212は落下したときにランダムな方向に飛び跳ねてしまうので、その際、距離h1が大きすぎると、跳ねた補強繊維片212の向きを制限することが困難となる。よって、距離h1は必要以上に大きくしないことが好ましい。この距離h1も、補強繊維片212の長さによって好適な範囲が変動する。 The distance h1 from the lower end of the guide body 246 to the rubber sheet 211A is preferably 1.0 times or less, particularly 0.5 to 0.9 times the length of the reinforcing fiber piece 212. When the reinforcing fiber piece 212 falls, it jumps in a random direction. At this time, if the distance h1 is too large, it becomes difficult to limit the direction of the jumping reinforcing fiber piece 212. Therefore, it is preferable not to make the distance h1 larger than necessary. The preferred range of the distance h1 also varies depending on the length of the reinforcing fiber piece 212.
 さらに、垂直部246Bの長さh2は、補強繊維片212の長さの0.8倍以上、特には1.0倍~1.5倍であることが好ましい。上述したように、垂直部246Bを設けることは、補強繊維212の配向方向を制約するために重要であり、垂直部246Bを設ける場合、ある程度の長さがあることが望ましいが、一方で、垂直部246Bの長さh2が長くなると、補強繊維片212の落下時の位置エネルギーが増して、ゴムシート211A表面に落下したときに飛び跳ねる力も増してしまう。これらの観点から、垂直部246Bの長さh2については、上記範囲とすることが好ましい。この距離h2も、補強繊維片212の長さによって好適な範囲が変動する。 Furthermore, the length h2 of the vertical portion 246B is preferably 0.8 times or more, particularly 1.0 to 1.5 times the length of the reinforcing fiber piece 212. As described above, the provision of the vertical portion 246B is important for restricting the orientation direction of the reinforcing fiber 212. When the vertical portion 246B is provided, it is desirable that the length is a certain length, but on the other hand, When the length h2 of the portion 246B is increased, the potential energy when the reinforcing fiber piece 212 is dropped increases, and the force that jumps when the reinforcing fiber piece 212 falls on the surface of the rubber sheet 211A also increases. From these viewpoints, the length h2 of the vertical portion 246B is preferably within the above range. The preferred range of the distance h2 also varies depending on the length of the reinforcing fiber piece 212.
 また、本発明においては、補強繊維片層213の目付け量を調節するために、ガイド体246内に磁場または電場を発生する発生手段を設置したり、複数のスリットが形成された調節板を設置することもできる。 Further, in the present invention, in order to adjust the basis weight of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213, a generating means for generating a magnetic field or an electric field is installed in the guide body 246, or an adjusting plate having a plurality of slits is installed. You can also
 符号250は、散布手段より前方で固定フレーム222の上端に取り付けられた支持台であり、この支持台250には、長尺で連続したゴムシート211Bが多数回ロール状に巻取られた巻きロール251が、回転可能に支持されている。この巻きロール251から巻出されたゴムシート211Bは、巻きロール251の直下において固定フレーム222に回転可能に支持された複数のガイドローラ252によりガイドされながら、散布位置Pより前方に位置する供給位置D(ゴムシート211Aに対するゴムシート211Bの供給位置)に上方から供給され、この供給位置Dにおいてゴムシート211A上に重ね合わされ、このとき、補強繊維片層213は、ゴムシート211A,211B間に介装される。 Reference numeral 250 is a support base attached to the upper end of the fixed frame 222 in front of the spraying means, and a long and continuous rubber sheet 211B is wound on the support base 250 in a roll shape many times. 251 is rotatably supported. The rubber sheet 211 </ b> B unwound from the winding roll 251 is guided by a plurality of guide rollers 252 that are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 222 immediately below the winding roll 251, and a supply position that is positioned in front of the spraying position P. D (supply position of the rubber sheet 211B to the rubber sheet 211A) is supplied from above, and is superimposed on the rubber sheet 211A at the supply position D. At this time, the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 is interposed between the rubber sheets 211A and 211B. Be dressed.
 上記支持台250、巻きロール251およびガイドローラ252は、全体として、ゴムシート211A上にゴムシート211Bを供給して重ね合わせ、これらゴムシート211A,211B間に補強繊維片層213を介装する供給手段253を構成する。なお、本実施形態においては、メインコンベア223にゴムシート211A,211Bを供給する供給手段として、押出し機やカレンダーロール装置を用いてもよく、この場合には、成形直後の温度の高いゴムシート211A,211Bがメインコンベア223に供給される。 The support base 250, the winding roll 251 and the guide roller 252 as a whole supply and superimpose a rubber sheet 211B on the rubber sheet 211A and supply a reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 between the rubber sheets 211A and 211B. The means 253 is configured. In this embodiment, an extruder or a calender roll device may be used as a supply means for supplying the rubber sheets 211A and 211B to the main conveyor 223. In this case, the rubber sheet 211A having a high temperature immediately after molding is used. , 211B are supplied to the main conveyor 223.
 符号256は、供給位置Dの直前に設置された圧着手段であり、この圧着手段256は上下に離れた2対の上ローラ257および下ローラ258を有し、これら2対の上下ローラ257,258は、前後方向に所定距離離れて配置されている。これら2個の上ローラ257は、いずれも両端部が固定フレーム222に回転可能に支持されるとともに、ゴムシート211Aに重ね合わされたゴムシート211Bの上面に押圧状態で転がり接触している。一方、2個の下ローラ258は、いずれも両端部が固定フレーム222にフリー回転可能に支持されるとともに、コンベアベルト225の搬送部225aの下面に押圧状態で転がり接触している。 Reference numeral 256 denotes a pressure-bonding means installed immediately before the supply position D. The pressure-bonding means 256 has two pairs of an upper roller 257 and a lower roller 258 that are vertically separated, and these two pairs of upper and lower rollers 257, 258. Are arranged at a predetermined distance in the front-rear direction. Both ends of these two upper rollers 257 are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 222, and are in rolling contact with the upper surface of the rubber sheet 211B superimposed on the rubber sheet 211A. On the other hand, both ends of the two lower rollers 258 are supported by the fixed frame 222 so as to be free to rotate, and are in rolling contact with the lower surface of the transport unit 225a of the conveyor belt 225.
 また、上ローラ257には、図示しない駆動機構から駆動力が付与されており、これにより、上ローラ257はコンベアベルト225の走行速度(ゴムシート211A等の搬送速度)と周速が同一速度で駆動回転する。この結果、これら2対の上下ローラ257,258間を、重ね合わされた直後の補強繊維片層213およびゴムシート211A,211Bが通過すると、ゴムシート211A,211Bは補強繊維片層213を間に介装した状態で互いに押付けられて圧着され、これにより補強部材210が製造される。 Further, a driving force is applied to the upper roller 257 from a driving mechanism (not shown), whereby the upper roller 257 has a traveling speed of the conveyor belt 225 (conveying speed of the rubber sheet 211A, etc.) and a peripheral speed at the same speed. Drive and rotate. As a result, when the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 and the rubber sheets 211A and 211B immediately after being overlapped pass between the two pairs of upper and lower rollers 257 and 258, the rubber sheets 211A and 211B are interposed between the reinforcing fiber piece layers 213. In a mounted state, they are pressed against each other and pressed, whereby the reinforcing member 210 is manufactured.
 ここで、上記上下ローラ257,258は、50~100℃の範囲内の温度まで加熱することが好ましい。その理由は、この温度範囲に上下ローラ257,258を加熱すると、ゴムシート211A,211Bの加硫を進行させることなくゴムシート211A,211Bのゴムを可塑化させて、補強繊維片212間の間隙に流動侵入させ、各補強繊維片212の外表面全域にゴムを密着させることができるからである。なお、本発明においては、圧着手段として、加熱媒体を供給または排出することにより膨張または収縮するブラダを用いてもよく、この場合には、このブラダの膨張により、ゴムシート211A,211B同士を押し付けて圧着する。 Here, the upper and lower rollers 257 and 258 are preferably heated to a temperature in the range of 50 to 100 ° C. The reason is that when the upper and lower rollers 257 and 258 are heated to this temperature range, the rubber of the rubber sheets 211A and 211B is plasticized without proceeding with the vulcanization of the rubber sheets 211A and 211B, and the gap between the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 is increased. This is because the rubber can be adhered to the entire outer surface of each reinforcing fiber piece 212. In the present invention, a bladder that expands or contracts by supplying or discharging a heating medium may be used as the crimping means. In this case, the rubber sheets 211A and 211B are pressed against each other by the expansion of the bladder. And crimp.
 上記散布位置Pと供給位置Dとの間において、ゴムシート211Aおよび補強繊維片層213の直上には、プーリ224に平行で外周に複数の突起261を有する回転可能な絡み合わせローラ262が配置されている。一方、この絡み合わせローラ262の直下には、絡み合わせローラ262と平行でコンベアベルト225の搬送部225aの下面に転がり接触する支持ローラ263が設置され、この支持ローラ263は、ゴムシート211Aを搬送部225aを介して下方から支持している。これら絡み合わせローラ262および支持ローラ263の軸方向両端部は固定フレーム222に回転可能に支持されているが、絡み合わせローラ262には図示しない駆動機構から駆動力が付与されており、その結果、絡み合わせローラ262は、突起261の先端における周速がコンベアベルト225の走行速度と同一の速度で駆動回転する。 Between the spraying position P and the supply position D, a rotatable entanglement roller 262 having a plurality of protrusions 261 on the outer periphery and parallel to the pulley 224 is disposed immediately above the rubber sheet 211A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213. ing. On the other hand, immediately below the entanglement roller 262, a support roller 263 that is parallel to the entanglement roller 262 and is in rolling contact with the lower surface of the conveyor unit 225a of the conveyor belt 225 is installed. The support roller 263 conveys the rubber sheet 211A. It is supported from below via the part 225a. Both ends of the entanglement roller 262 and the support roller 263 in the axial direction are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 222, but the entanglement roller 262 is given a driving force from a drive mechanism (not shown). The entanglement roller 262 is driven and rotated at a peripheral speed at the tip of the protrusion 261 at the same speed as the traveling speed of the conveyor belt 225.
 このように絡み合わせローラ262が回転すると、突起261の先端部はメインコンベア223により搬送されている補強繊維片層213の一部をゴムシート211A側に押し込んで、一部の補強繊維片212を変形させ、一部の補強繊維片212同士を部分的に絡み合わせる。その結果、ゴムシート211A上での補強繊維片212の位置が安定して、前述のように補強繊維片212の摩擦係数が小さくても、ゴムシート211Aの両側端から補強繊維片212が移動して落下する(滑り落ちる)ことを強力に抑制することができる。ここで、突起261の半径方向長さは、1~100mmの範囲内とすることが好ましい。 When the entanglement roller 262 rotates in this way, the tip portion of the protrusion 261 pushes a part of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 conveyed by the main conveyor 223 toward the rubber sheet 211A, so that a part of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 is moved. By deforming, some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 are partially entangled with each other. As a result, even if the position of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 on the rubber sheet 211A is stable and the friction coefficient of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 is small as described above, the reinforcing fiber piece 212 moves from both ends of the rubber sheet 211A. Can be strongly suppressed from falling (sliding down). Here, the radial length of the protrusion 261 is preferably in the range of 1 to 100 mm.
 符号266は、散布位置Pと供給位置Dとの間、ここでは絡み合わせローラ262と供給位置Dとの間に設置された押し潰しローラであり、この押し潰しローラ266は、絡み合わせローラ262と平行に延びるとともに、その軸方向両端部が固定フレーム222に回転可能に支持されている。押し潰しローラ266には前記駆動機構から駆動力が付与されており、その結果、この押し潰しローラ266は、その外表面における周速がコンベアベルト225の走行速度と同一の速度で回転することができる。また、押し潰しローラ266の外表面には、ローレット掛けやショットブラスト加工等によりある程度の凹凸が形成され、これにより押し潰しローラ266と補強繊維片層213との間の摩擦係数が高くなって、これらの間の滑りが抑制される。 Reference numeral 266 denotes a crushing roller installed between the spraying position P and the supply position D, here between the entanglement roller 262 and the supply position D. The crushing roller 266 is connected to the entanglement roller 262. Both ends in the axial direction extend in parallel and are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 222. A driving force is applied to the crushing roller 266 from the driving mechanism. As a result, the crushing roller 266 can rotate at a peripheral speed on the outer surface thereof at the same speed as the traveling speed of the conveyor belt 225. it can. Further, a certain degree of irregularities are formed on the outer surface of the crushing roller 266 by knurling, shot blasting, etc., thereby increasing the friction coefficient between the crushing roller 266 and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213, Slip between them is suppressed.
 一方、押し潰しローラ266の直下には、押し潰しローラ266と平行に、コンベアベルト225の搬送部225aの下面に転がり接触する支持ローラ267が設置されている。この支持ローラ267は、ゴムシート211Aを搬送部225aを介して下方から支持するとともに、その軸方向両端部が固定フレーム222に回転可能に支持されている。この押し潰しローラ266は、ゴムシート211Aおよび補強繊維片層213が押し潰しローラ266と支持ローラ267との間を通過するとき、補強繊維片層213をゴムシート211Aに押し付けて、補強繊維片層213を厚さ方向に全体的に若干押し潰す。 On the other hand, immediately below the crushing roller 266, a support roller 267 is provided in parallel with the crushing roller 266 so as to be in rolling contact with the lower surface of the conveying unit 225a of the conveyor belt 225. The support roller 267 supports the rubber sheet 211A from below via the conveyance unit 225a, and both axial ends thereof are rotatably supported by the fixed frame 222. The crushing roller 266 presses the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 against the rubber sheet 211A when the rubber sheet 211A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 pass between the crushing roller 266 and the support roller 267, thereby reinforcing the reinforcing fiber piece layer. Crush 213 slightly in the thickness direction as a whole.
 これにより、ゴムシート211A上での補強繊維片212の位置がさらに安定し、その結果、前述のように補強繊維片12の摩擦係数が小さくても、ゴムシート211A上での補強繊維片212の移動、特に、ゴムシート211Aの両側端からの落下を強力に抑制することができる。なお、本発明においては、絡み合わせローラ262を、上記とは逆に押し潰しローラ266の前方に設置するようにしてもよい。 Thereby, the position of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 on the rubber sheet 211A is further stabilized. As a result, even if the friction coefficient of the reinforcing fiber piece 12 is small as described above, the reinforcing fiber piece 212 on the rubber sheet 211A has a small coefficient of friction. Movement, in particular, dropping from the both side ends of the rubber sheet 211A can be strongly suppressed. In the present invention, the entanglement roller 262 may be installed in front of the crushing roller 266 in the opposite manner.
 また、図示はしないが、本実施形態においては、さらに、ゴムシート211Aを振動させるための振動発生機構を設けることが好ましい。この振動発生機構の条件についても、第一の実施形態と同様とすることができ、特に制限されない。 Although not shown, in the present embodiment, it is preferable to further provide a vibration generating mechanism for vibrating the rubber sheet 211A. The conditions of the vibration generating mechanism can be the same as those in the first embodiment, and are not particularly limited.
 次に、本実施形態の作用について説明する。
 上述のような補強部材210を製造するには、まず、搬送部232により補強繊維214を固定フレーム222方向に送り出す。このとき、メインコンベア223にはゴムシート211Aが後側から供給されるが、このようにメインコンベア223に供給されたゴムシート211Aは搬送部225aの前方への走行により、搬送部225aにより下方から支持されながら前方に向かって搬送される。
Next, the operation of this embodiment will be described.
To manufacture the reinforcing member 210 as described above, first, the reinforcing fiber 214 is sent out in the direction of the fixed frame 222 by the transport unit 232. At this time, the rubber sheet 211A is supplied to the main conveyor 223 from the rear side. The rubber sheet 211A supplied to the main conveyor 223 in this way travels forward from the conveyance unit 225a, and is conveyed from below by the conveyance unit 225a. It is conveyed toward the front while being supported.
 ここで、補強繊維214は、下刃229の前端で、上刃228と下刃229とにより切断されて複数の補強繊維片212となり、ゴムシート211A上に落下する。このとき、補強繊維214の搬送速度により、単位時間当たりの補強繊維片212の供給量が所定値に調整される。落下した補強繊維片212は、ゴムシート211A上の、ここでは散布位置Pに、ゴムシートの幅方向には若干広がりながら落下して、均一に散布される。このように補強繊維片212のゴムシート211A上への散布を、ゴムシート211Aの上方から補強繊維片212を落下させることで行うようにすれば、補強繊維片212を容易かつ確実にゴムシート211A上に散布することができる。 Here, the reinforcing fiber 214 is cut by the upper blade 228 and the lower blade 229 at the front end of the lower blade 229 to form a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 212 and falls onto the rubber sheet 211A. At this time, the supply amount of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 per unit time is adjusted to a predetermined value by the conveyance speed of the reinforcing fiber 214. The dropped reinforcing fiber pieces 212 fall on the rubber sheet 211A, here at the spraying position P, slightly spreading in the width direction of the rubber sheet, and sprayed uniformly. In this way, if the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 are sprayed onto the rubber sheet 211A by dropping the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 from above the rubber sheet 211A, the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 can be easily and reliably attached to the rubber sheet 211A. Can be sprayed on top.
 落下途中において補強繊維片212はガイド体246によりガイドされ、補強繊維片212の両側方への飛散が効果的に防止される。また、補強繊維片212は、ガイド体246の、ゴムシート211Aの長手方向に沿う幅が上方から下方に向かい漸減する絞り部246A、および、さらには、その後の垂直部246Bにより、配向方向をゴムシート211Aの幅方向に揃えられ、絞られて、ゴムシート211A上に、一定の配向方向にて、均一に落下する。さらに、コンベアベルト225に振動を付与してゴムシート211Aを振動させれば、補強繊維片212の塊化をより効果的に抑制することができる。補強繊維片212の散布およびゴムシート211Aの搬送は継続して行われるため、ゴムシート211A上にはゴムシート211Aの長手方向に延びる多数本の補強繊維片212から構成された補強繊維片層213が形成される。 During the fall, the reinforcing fiber piece 212 is guided by the guide body 246, and scattering of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 to both sides is effectively prevented. Further, the reinforcing fiber piece 212 has a guide body 246 whose rubber is aligned in the orientation direction by the narrowed portion 246A in which the width along the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A gradually decreases from the upper side to the lower side, and further the vertical portion 246B thereafter. The sheet 211A is aligned and squeezed in the width direction, and uniformly falls on the rubber sheet 211A in a fixed orientation direction. Furthermore, if vibration is given to the conveyor belt 225 to vibrate the rubber sheet 211A, the agglomeration of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 can be more effectively suppressed. Since the dispersion of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 and the conveyance of the rubber sheet 211A are continuously performed, the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 configured with a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces 212 extending in the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet 211A on the rubber sheet 211A. Is formed.
 その後、上記補強繊維片層213は、コンベアベルト225の走行によりゴムシート211Aとともに前方に向かって搬送され、絡み合わせローラ262および支持ローラ263間を通過するが、このとき、絡み合わせローラ262の突起261の先端部が補強繊維片層213の一部をゴムシート211A側に押し込んで、一部の補強繊維片212を変形させ、一部の補強繊維片212同士を部分的に絡み合わせてゴムシート211A上での補強繊維片212の位置を安定させる。 Thereafter, the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 is transported forward together with the rubber sheet 211A by running of the conveyor belt 225 and passes between the entanglement roller 262 and the support roller 263. At this time, the protrusion of the entanglement roller 262 The tip of 261 pushes a part of the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 toward the rubber sheet 211A, deforms some of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212, and partially entangles the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 with each other. The position of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 on 211A is stabilized.
 次に、ゴムシート211Aおよび補強繊維片層213は、コンベアベルト225により搬送されて押し潰しローラ266および支持ローラ267に供給されるが、これら押し潰しローラ266および支持ローラ267間をゴムシート211Aおよび補強繊維片層213が通過する際、押し潰しローラ266は補強繊維片層213をゴムシート211Aに押し付けて、補強繊維片層213を厚さ方向に全体的に若干押し潰し、ゴムシート211A上での補強繊維片212の位置をさらに安定させる。 Next, the rubber sheet 211A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 are conveyed by the conveyor belt 225 and supplied to the crushing roller 266 and the supporting roller 267. The rubber sheet 211A and the supporting roller 267 are interposed between the crushing roller 266 and the supporting roller 267. When the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 passes, the crushing roller 266 presses the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 against the rubber sheet 211A, slightly crushing the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 in the thickness direction as a whole, and on the rubber sheet 211A. The position of the reinforcing fiber piece 212 is further stabilized.
 ゴムシート211Aおよび補強繊維片層213がコンベアベルト225により供給位置Dまで搬送されると、供給手段253の巻きロール251から巻出されたゴムシート211Bが上方からゴムシート211A上に供給されて重ね合わされ、これにより、補強繊維片層213がゴムシート211A,211B間に介装される。その後、このようなゴムシート211A,211Bおよび補強繊維片層213は、コンベアベルト225により上下ローラ257,258に供給される。これら上下ローラ257,258間をゴムシート211A,211Bおよび補強繊維片層213が通過する際、ゴムシート211A,211Bは、間に補強繊維片層213が介装された状態で互いに押付けられて圧着され、補強部材210が製造される。 When the rubber sheet 211A and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 are conveyed to the supply position D by the conveyor belt 225, the rubber sheet 211B unwound from the winding roll 251 of the supply means 253 is supplied onto the rubber sheet 211A from above and overlapped. Thus, the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 is interposed between the rubber sheets 211A and 211B. Thereafter, the rubber sheets 211A and 211B and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 are supplied to the upper and lower rollers 257 and 258 by the conveyor belt 225. When the rubber sheets 211A and 211B and the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 pass between the upper and lower rollers 257 and 258, the rubber sheets 211A and 211B are pressed against each other with the reinforcing fiber piece layer 213 interposed therebetween to be bonded. The reinforcing member 210 is manufactured.
 このとき、上下ローラ257,258は前述の温度範囲に加熱されているので、ゴムシート211A,211Bのゴムは可塑化して補強繊維片212間の間隙に流動侵入し、各補強繊維片212の外表面全域にゴムが密着する。このようにして製造された補強部材210は加硫されるとともに、所定長さに切断され、上述したような用途に用いられる。 At this time, since the upper and lower rollers 257 and 258 are heated to the above-described temperature range, the rubber of the rubber sheets 211A and 211B is plasticized and flows into the gap between the reinforcing fiber pieces 212, and the outer sides of the reinforcing fiber pieces 212 are outside. Rubber adheres to the entire surface. The reinforcing member 210 manufactured in this way is vulcanized and cut into a predetermined length and used for the above-described applications.
 以下、本発明を、実施例を用いてより詳細に説明する。
<実施例1>
 タイヤサイズ155/65R13にて、サイドウォール部の、カーカスプライの外側に、ベルト層の端部からビードコアの上端近傍までの領域にて、下記表中に示す条件を満足する補強部材をタイヤ周方向に環状に配置して、各実施例および比較例の乗用車用空気入りタイヤを作製した。この補強部材は、常法に従いめっき処理を施したスチールフィラメントと、これを被覆するゴムとからなり、厚みは、1.0mmであった。各実施例において、スチールフィラメントは、補強層の幅方向端部間で連続して延在せず、すなわち、その少なくとも一端が補強層内で終端しており、また、補強層に対し垂直な方向にスチールフィラメントを投影した投影部は、少なくとも一部で交差していた。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples.
<Example 1>
In the tire size 155 / 65R13, a reinforcing member that satisfies the conditions shown in the following table in the region from the end of the belt layer to the vicinity of the upper end of the bead core on the outer side of the carcass ply of the sidewall portion in the tire circumferential direction The pneumatic tires for passenger cars of the examples and comparative examples were produced. This reinforcing member was composed of a steel filament plated according to a conventional method and a rubber covering the steel filament, and the thickness was 1.0 mm. In each embodiment, the steel filament does not extend continuously between the widthwise ends of the reinforcing layer, i.e., at least one end of which is terminated in the reinforcing layer and is perpendicular to the reinforcing layer. The projection part which projected the steel filament on at least partially crossed.
 また、貼付け前の材料段階の補強部材として、補強繊維片の目付け密度がトレッド部側端部とビード部側端部とで異なるものについては、トレッド部側端部からビード部側端部まで、補強繊維片の目付け密度が連続的に変化しているものを用いた。カーカスプライ(コード材質:PET、コード構造:2本撚り)は1枚とした。また、ベルト層としては、補強コード(材質:スチールコード(φ0.30mm),構造:1×3)を、打込み数30本/50mmで、タイヤ周方向に対し22°の角度で配置したものを、2層にて交錯させた。 In addition, as a reinforcing member in the material stage before pasting, for the fabric density of the reinforcing fiber pieces is different between the tread part side end and the bead part side end, from the tread part side end to the bead part side end, A reinforcing fiber piece having a continuously changing basis weight density was used. One carcass ply (cord material: PET, cord structure: two twists) was used. Further, as the belt layer, a reinforcing cord (material: steel cord (φ0.30 mm), structure: 1 × 3) arranged at an angle of 22 ° with respect to the tire circumferential direction at a driving number of 30/50 mm. Two layers were crossed.
 また、従来例1-1,1-2としては、補強部材を配置しないタイヤを作製した。ここで、従来例1-2においては、従来例1-1よりもサイド部のゴム量が削減されており、サイド部の厚みは、従来例1-1が厚く、従来例1-2と各実施例および比較例は同等であった。
 得られた各供試タイヤにつき、下記に従い評価を行った。その結果を、下記の表中に併せて示す。
Further, as conventional examples 1-1 and 1-2, tires without reinforcing members were produced. Here, in the conventional example 1-2, the rubber amount of the side portion is reduced as compared with the conventional example 1-1, and the thickness of the side portion is larger in the conventional example 1-1. Examples and comparative examples were equivalent.
Each of the obtained test tires was evaluated according to the following. The results are also shown in the table below.
<補強部材の重量指数>
 各供試タイヤにつき、使用した補強部材の重量を計測した。ここで、各実施例および比較例では約1100mm×約90mmのシート状の材料を用いており、補強部材の重量は、その重量を示している。また、従来例1-1,1-2については、サイド部に貼り付けるゴムの重量を計測した。結果は、従来例1-1の重量を100とした指数で表示した。数値が小さいほど軽量であって良好である。
<Weight index of reinforcing member>
The weight of the used reinforcing member was measured for each test tire. Here, in each example and comparative example, a sheet-like material of about 1100 mm × about 90 mm is used, and the weight of the reinforcing member indicates the weight. For Conventional Examples 1-1 and 1-2, the weight of the rubber attached to the side portion was measured. The results were expressed as an index with the weight of Conventional Example 1-1 as 100. The smaller the value, the lighter and better.
<タイヤの重量指数>
 各供試タイヤの重量を計測して、従来例1-1の重量を100とした指数で表示した。数値が小さいほど軽量であって良好である。
<Tire weight index>
The weight of each test tire was measured and displayed as an index with the weight of Conventional Example 1-1 as 100. The smaller the value, the lighter and better.
<操縦安定性>
 各供試タイヤを4輪に装着した車両にて、直線、レーンチェンジおよびコーナリング走行を行って、操縦安定性を総合的に評価した。結果は、テストドライバー2名の平均値を求めて、コントロールタイヤ(従来例1-1)のレベルを100とする指数値にて示した。計算上、小数点以下は四捨五入した。また、このとき、補強部材を有しない従来例1-1のタイヤと従来例1-2のタイヤとの差を15とした。数値が大なるほど結果は良好である。
<Steering stability>
A vehicle with each test tire mounted on four wheels was subjected to a straight line, lane change, and cornering to comprehensively evaluate steering stability. The results are shown as an index value with the level of the control tire (conventional example 1-1) taken as 100 by calculating the average value of two test drivers. In the calculation, the figures after the decimal point are rounded off. At this time, the difference between the tire of the conventional example 1-1 and the tire of the conventional example 1-2 that does not have a reinforcing member was set to 15. The higher the number, the better the result.
<耐カット性>
 一片が8cmの金属製の四角柱を路面に配置し、各供試タイヤをテスト車両の前輪に装着して内圧を100kPaに調整し、平均荷重を300kgとした状態で、約30度の角度でこの四角柱に乗り上げる試験を行った。速度30km/hから開始して5km/hずつ試験速度を上げていき、サイド部のプライコード切れが発生した速度をそのタイヤのカット速度とし、従来例1-1を100とする指数にて表示した。この値が大きいほど耐カット性に優れ、良好である。
<Cut resistance>
A piece of metal square column of 8cm is placed on the road surface, each test tire is mounted on the front wheel of the test vehicle, the internal pressure is adjusted to 100kPa, and the average load is 300kg at an angle of about 30 degrees. A test was carried out on this square pillar. Starting with a speed of 30 km / h, the test speed is increased by 5 km / h, the speed at which the ply cord breaks in the side portion is the tire cutting speed, and the conventional example 1-1 is displayed as an index of 100. did. The larger this value, the better the cut resistance and the better.
<ビード部耐久性試験(BF(Bead Fatigue)ドラムテスト)>
 各供試タイヤを25±2℃の室内で内圧3.0kg/cmに調整した後、24時間放置した。その後、空気圧の再調整を行い、JIS荷重の2倍荷重をタイヤに負荷して、直径約3mのドラム上で速度60km/hで2万km走行させた。
<Bead Durability Test (BF (Bead Fatigure) Drum Test)>
Each test tire was adjusted to an internal pressure of 3.0 kg / cm 2 in a room of 25 ± 2 ° C. and then left for 24 hours. Thereafter, the air pressure was readjusted, a load twice as large as the JIS load was applied to the tire, and the tire was run on a drum having a diameter of about 3 m at a speed of 60 km / h for 20,000 km.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
*1)ビード部側端部の目付け密度に対するトレッド部側端部の目付け密度の比率を示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
* 1) The ratio of the weight density of the tread portion side end portion to the weight density of the bead portion side end portion is shown.
 上記表中の結果より、従来例1-1の通常タイヤからサイド部のゴム量を削減して厚みを薄くしたのみの従来例1-2では耐カット性および操縦安定性が著しく低下したのに対し、本発明に係る補強部材を配置することで、これらの性能が補完できることが確かめられた。また、トレッド部側端部の目付け密度がビード部側端部に対して高くなる密度勾配を有する補強部材を用いて作製された各実施例のタイヤにおいては、ビード部側を必要以上に高密度にしてビード部耐久性を低下させることなく、耐カット性能を高めることができた。 From the results in the above table, although the conventional example 1-2 in which the rubber amount of the side portion was reduced from the normal tire of the conventional example 1-1 and the thickness was thinned, the cut resistance and the steering stability were significantly reduced. On the other hand, it was confirmed that these performances can be complemented by arranging the reinforcing member according to the present invention. Moreover, in the tire of each Example manufactured using the reinforcing member having a density gradient in which the weight density of the tread portion side end portion is higher than the bead portion side end portion, the bead portion side has a higher density than necessary. Thus, the cut-proof performance could be improved without reducing the bead durability.
<実施例2>
 図6,7に示すような装置を用いて、下記表中に示す条件に従い、一対の帯状未加硫ゴムシート(各厚み0.5mm)間に、スチールフィラメント(線径0.15mm)を所定長に切断した複数の補強繊維片からなる補強繊維片層が介装されてなる補強部材を製造した。なお、実施例2-4,2-7においては、コンベアベルトに振動発生装置を設け、補強繊維片を散布する際に、コンベアベルト上のゴムシートを振動させた。また、一対のゴムシートの圧着時の条件は、圧力2MPa,80℃,60secとした。
<Example 2>
Using a device as shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, a steel filament (wire diameter of 0.15 mm) is predetermined between a pair of strip-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets (each thickness of 0.5 mm) according to the conditions shown in the following table. A reinforcing member in which a reinforcing fiber piece layer composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces cut into lengths was interposed was manufactured. In Examples 2-4 and 2-7, a vibration generating device was provided on the conveyor belt, and the rubber sheet on the conveyor belt was vibrated when the reinforcing fiber pieces were dispersed. Moreover, the conditions at the time of pressure bonding of a pair of rubber sheets were set to a pressure of 2 MPa, 80 ° C., and 60 seconds.
<密度不均一性の定量的評価>
 得られた各補強部材を10mm角の正方形に切断して、重量分布を評価した。具体的には、一度に1000個以上のサンプルを取得して、各サンプルの重量miを計量した。これを用いて、下記式に従い平均値μを求めた。また、標準偏差σを求め、σがμの何倍であるかにより、ばらつきの大きさを評価した。その結果を、下記の表中に併せて示す。密度のばらつきの大きさの許容範囲は、補強部材の用途にもよるが、例えば、タイヤの補強用途では、σ/μが0.15以下であれば、ばらつきが少なく極めて良好であり、0.20以下であれば問題ない範囲であり、0.2を超えると若干ばらつきが大きくなって問題が生ずるおそれがある。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000002
(式中、Mrubber:サンプルを作製するのに使用したゴムの重量、N:切り出したサンプルの数)
<Quantitative evaluation of density non-uniformity>
Each of the obtained reinforcing members was cut into 10 mm squares, and the weight distribution was evaluated. Specifically, 1000 or more samples were obtained at a time, and the weight mi of each sample was weighed. Using this, the average value μ was determined according to the following formula. Further, the standard deviation σ was obtained, and the magnitude of the variation was evaluated based on how many times σ was μ. The results are also shown in the table below. The allowable range of the variation in density depends on the use of the reinforcing member. For example, in the case of reinforcing a tire, if σ / μ is 0.15 or less, the variation is extremely small and excellent. If it is 20 or less, there is no problem, and if it exceeds 0.2, there is a possibility that the variation slightly increases and a problem occurs.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000002
( Wherein , M rubber : weight of rubber used to prepare the sample, N: number of cut samples)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
 上記表中に示すように、実施例2-1,2-3,2-6では補強繊維片の飛散が若干生じたのに対し、実施例2-2,2-5では、狙い通りの目付け密度が得られ、補強繊維の均一度も問題ないレベルであった。さらに、実施例2-4,2-7では、狙い通りの目付け密度が得られるとともに、補強繊維の均一度についても極めて良好であった。 As shown in the table above, in Examples 2-1, 2-3, and 2-6, the scattering of the reinforcing fiber pieces slightly occurred, whereas in Examples 2-2 and 2-5, the desired basis weight was obtained. The density was obtained, and the uniformity of the reinforcing fibers was at a level with no problem. Further, in Examples 2-4 and 2-7, the desired density per unit area was obtained, and the uniformity of the reinforcing fibers was very good.
<実施例3>
 図9,10に示すような装置を用いて、下記表中に示す条件に従い、一対の帯状未加硫ゴムシート(各厚み0.5mm)間に、スチールフィラメント(線径0.15mm)を所定長に切断した複数の補強繊維片からなる補強繊維片層が介装されてなる補強部材を製造した。ガイド体としては、各実施例については、実施例3-1~3-10については、拡径部の断面形状が直線状であるものを用い、実施例3-11については、拡径部の断面形状が曲線状であるものを用いた。比較例3については、ゴムシートの長手方向に沿う幅が、上端部から下端部まで同一であるものを用いた。また、一対のゴムシートの圧着時の条件は、圧力2MPa,80℃,60secとした。
<Example 3>
Using a device as shown in FIGS. 9 and 10, a steel filament (wire diameter of 0.15 mm) is predetermined between a pair of strip-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets (each thickness of 0.5 mm) according to the conditions shown in the following table. A reinforcing member in which a reinforcing fiber piece layer composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces cut into lengths was interposed was manufactured. As the guide body, for each example, for Examples 3-1 to 3-10, the diameter-expanded portion had a linear cross-sectional shape, and for Example 3-11, the diameter-expanded portion A cross-sectional shape having a curved shape was used. About the comparative example 3, the width | variety along the longitudinal direction of a rubber sheet used what is the same from an upper end part to a lower end part. Moreover, the conditions at the time of pressure bonding of a pair of rubber sheets were set to a pressure of 2 MPa, 80 ° C., and 60 seconds.
<密度不均一量の評価>
 得られた各補強部材を、長手方向に1000mm(1m)切り出して、ゴムシートの幅方向に均等に4分割して、区間A~Dとし、各区間の補強繊維片の目付け密度ρA~ρD(g/m)を算出した。各区間の重量をmA~mD(g)、各区間の面積をd1/4(m)(d1:補強部材の幅(m))、使用したゴムの重量をMrubber(g)とすれば、ρA=(mA-Mrubber/4)/(d1/4)(g/m)として求められる。この結果に基づき、下記式に基づき、密度不均一量aを算出した。ここで、密度不均一量には統一的な好適範囲はなく、使用用途によって適宜調整すればよい。例えば、トラック・バス等の重荷重用タイヤ(サイドウォール部におけるトレッド部側の拡張率2倍)のサイド部の補強用途においては、密度不均一量a=2を狙えばよく、乗用車用タイヤ(サイドウォール部におけるトレッド部側の拡張率1.5倍)のサイド部の補強用途においては、密度不均一量a=1.5を狙えばよい。その結果を、下記の表中に併せて示す。
 a=(ρB+ρC)/(ρA+ρD)
<Evaluation of non-uniform density>
Each of the obtained reinforcing members was cut out by 1000 mm (1 m) in the longitudinal direction, and equally divided into four in the width direction of the rubber sheet to be sections A to D, and the basis weight density ρA to ρD ( g / m 2 ) was calculated. If the weight of each section is mA to mD (g), the area of each section is d1 / 4 (m 2 ) (d1: width of reinforcing member (m)), and the weight of rubber used is M rubber (g). , ΡA = (mA−M rubber / 4) / (d1 / 4) (g / m 2 ). Based on this result, the density nonuniformity a was calculated based on the following formula. Here, there is no uniform preferred range for the density non-uniform amount, and it may be appropriately adjusted according to the intended use. For example, in the reinforcement of the side portion of heavy duty tires such as trucks and buses (the expansion rate of the tread portion side in the sidewall portion is twice), it is only necessary to aim for a non-uniform density a = 2. In the reinforcement of the side portion of the wall portion having an expansion rate of 1.5 times on the tread portion side, the density nonuniformity a = 1.5 may be aimed at. The results are also shown in the table below.
a = (ρB + ρC) / (ρA + ρD)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
 上記表中に示すように、比較例3においては密度が各区間でほぼ均一となっているのに対し、各実施例においては、補強繊維片の長さを変えた場合でも、これに基づきガイド体の寸法形状を適宜調整することで、密度不均一量の異なる種々の補強部材が得られることが確かめられた。例えば、実施例3-2,3-7では、ガイド体上部の幅が狭いために、幅方向中央に補強繊維片が密集している。また、実施例3-5,3-10では、拡径部の幅が散布有効幅になる位置の高さが大きいために、補強繊維片が幅方向外側に若干飛散した。 As shown in the table above, in Comparative Example 3, the density is almost uniform in each section, whereas in each Example, the guide is based on this even when the length of the reinforcing fiber piece is changed. It was confirmed that various reinforcing members having different density nonuniformities can be obtained by appropriately adjusting the size and shape of the body. For example, in Examples 3-2 and 3-7, since the width of the upper portion of the guide body is narrow, the reinforcing fiber pieces are concentrated in the center in the width direction. In Examples 3-5 and 3-10, the reinforcing fiber pieces were slightly scattered outward in the width direction because the height of the position where the width of the expanded diameter portion becomes the effective spreading width was large.
<実施例4>
 図14,15に示すような装置を用いて、下記表中に示す条件に従い、一対の帯状未加硫ゴムシート(各厚み0.5mm)間に、スチールフィラメント(線径0.15mm)を所定長に切断した複数の補強繊維片からなる補強繊維片層が介装されてなる補強部材を製造した。ガイド体としては、各実施例については、図17(a)に示すような形状のものを用い、比較例については、ゴムシートの長手方向に沿う幅が、上端部から下端部まで同一であるものを用いた。また、一対のゴムシートの圧着時の条件は、圧力2MPa,80℃,60secとした。
<Example 4>
Using a device as shown in FIGS. 14 and 15, a steel filament (wire diameter of 0.15 mm) is predetermined between a pair of strip-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets (each thickness of 0.5 mm) according to the conditions shown in the following table. A reinforcing member in which a reinforcing fiber piece layer composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces cut into lengths was interposed was manufactured. As the guide body, a shape as shown in FIG. 17A is used for each example, and for the comparative example, the width along the longitudinal direction of the rubber sheet is the same from the upper end to the lower end. A thing was used. Moreover, the conditions at the time of pressure bonding of a pair of rubber sheets were set to a pressure of 2 MPa, 80 ° C., and 60 seconds.
<密度μの算出方法>
 得られた各補強部材を10mm角の正方形に切断して、重量分布を評価した。具体的には、一度に1000個以上のサンプルを取得して、各サンプルの重量miを計量した。これを用いて、下記式に従い平均値μを求めた。その結果を、下記の表中に併せて示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000006
(式中、Mrubber:サンプルを作製するのに使用したゴムの重量、N:切り出したサンプルの数)
<Calculation method of density μ>
Each of the obtained reinforcing members was cut into 10 mm squares, and the weight distribution was evaluated. Specifically, 1000 or more samples were obtained at a time, and the weight mi of each sample was weighed. Using this, the average value μ was determined according to the following formula. The results are also shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000006
( Wherein , M rubber : weight of rubber used to prepare the sample, N: number of cut samples)
<角度の標準偏差>
 図19に示すように、得られた各補強部材における補強繊維片12の配向方向のゴムシートの幅方向となす角度θiを測定して、下記式に従い平均値θaveを求めた。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000007
 また、下記式に従い標準偏差θσを求めた。この標準偏差θσが15°以内であれば、配向性は良好である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000008
<Standard deviation of angle>
As shown in FIG. 19, the angle θi formed with the width direction of the rubber sheet in the orientation direction of the reinforcing fiber pieces 12 in each reinforcing member obtained was measured, and an average value θave was determined according to the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000007
Further, the standard deviation θσ was determined according to the following formula. If this standard deviation θσ is within 15 °, the orientation is good.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
 上記表中に示すように、比較例4では、補強繊維片の角度の標準偏差がかなり大きい。理想的なランダム散布では標準偏差は60°となるので、比較例4において補強繊維片は、ランダムに散布されていることがわかる。これと比較すると、各実施例では配向性が大幅に向上しており、特に実施例4-1~4-4および実施例4-6~4-9では、良好な配向性が得られている。また、実施例4-1,4-6では、それぞれ実施例4-2,4-7よりガイド体の出口側の幅を狭くしているが、狭くした効果が飽和しており、配向性の点では実施例4-2,4-7ととあまり変わらないことがわかる。この結果より、補強繊維片の長さを変えた場合でも、これに基づきガイド体の出口側の幅、ガイド体下端からゴムシート表面までの距離、および、垂直部の長さを設定することで、良好な配向性が得られることが確かめられた。 As shown in the above table, in Comparative Example 4, the standard deviation of the angle of the reinforcing fiber piece is considerably large. Since the standard deviation is 60 ° in ideal random spraying, it can be seen that the reinforcing fiber pieces are sprayed randomly in Comparative Example 4. Compared with this, the orientation was significantly improved in each example, and in particular, in Examples 4-1 to 4-4 and Examples 4-6 to 4-9, good orientation was obtained. . Further, in Examples 4-1 and 4-6, the width on the exit side of the guide body is narrower than those in Examples 4-2 and 4-7, respectively, but the effect of the narrowing is saturated, and the orientation is In this respect, it can be seen that it is not much different from Examples 4-2 and 4-7. From this result, even when the length of the reinforcing fiber piece is changed, the width on the exit side of the guide body, the distance from the lower end of the guide body to the rubber sheet surface, and the length of the vertical portion can be set based on this. It was confirmed that good orientation was obtained.
1 ビードコア
2 カーカス
3 ベルト層
4 ベルト補強層
5 補強部材
6 ビードフィラー
7 ビード部
8 サイドウォール部
9 トレッド部
100 突起
101 補強繊維片
102 ゴム
10,110,210 補強部材
11A,11B,111A,111B,211A,211B 帯状未加硫ゴムシート
12,112,212 補強繊維片
13,113,213 補強繊維片層
14,114,214 補強繊維
21,121,221 床面
22,122,222 固定フレーム
23,123,223 メインコンベア
24,124,224 プーリ
25,125,225 コンベアベルト
25a,125a,225a 搬送部
28,128,228 上刃
29,129,229 下刃
30,31,130,131,230,231 支持部
32,132,232 搬送部
46,146,246 ガイド体
46a,46b 壁部
47,147,247 取付けプレート
50,150,250 支持台
51,151,251 巻きロール
52,152,252 ガイドローラ
53,153,253 供給手段
56,156,256 圧着手段
57,157,257 上ローラ
58,158,258 下ローラ
61,161,261 突起
62,162,262 絡み合わせローラ
63,163,263 支持ローラ
66,166,266 押し潰しローラ
67,167,267 支持ローラ
146A 拡径部
246A 絞り部
246B 垂直部
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Bead core 2 Carcass 3 Belt layer 4 Belt reinforcement layer 5 Reinforcement member 6 Bead filler 7 Bead part 8 Side wall part 9 Tread part 100 Protrusion 101 Reinforcement fiber piece 102 Rubber 10, 110, 210 Reinforcement members 11A, 11B, 111A, 111B, 211A, 211B Strip-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets 12, 112, 212 Reinforcing fiber pieces 13, 113, 213 Reinforcing fiber piece layers 14, 114, 214 Reinforcing fibers 21, 121, 221 Floor surfaces 22, 122, 222 Fixed frames 23, 123 , 223 Main conveyors 24, 124, 224 Pulleys 25, 125, 225 Conveyor belts 25a, 125a, 225a Conveying sections 28, 128, 228 Upper blades 29, 129, 229 Lower blades 30, 31, 130, 131, 230, 231 Portions 32, 132, 232 Conveying portion 46 146, 246 Guide bodies 46a, 46b Wall portions 47, 147, 247 Mounting plates 50, 150, 250 Support bases 51, 151, 251 Winding rolls 52, 152, 252 Guide rollers 53, 153, 253 Supply means 56, 156, 256 Crimping means 57, 157, 257 Upper rollers 58, 158, 258 Lower rollers 61, 161, 261 Protrusions 62, 162, 262 Entangling rollers 63, 163, 263 Support rollers 66, 166, 266 Crushing rollers 67, 167, 267 Support roller 146A Expanded diameter portion 246A Restricted portion 246B Vertical portion

Claims (25)

  1.  左右一対のビード部およびサイドウォール部と、両サイドウォール部間に連なるトレッド部とを有し、該サイドウォール部に、一対の帯状未加硫ゴムシート間に、補強繊維を所定長に切断した複数の補強繊維片からなる補強繊維片層が介装されてなる補強部材が、タイヤ周方向に環状に配設されている空気入りタイヤの製造方法であって、
     生タイヤ作製時の、拡張工程前のタイヤ成型工程において、前記補強部材として、前記補強繊維片の目付け密度が、前記トレッド部側端部で前記ビード部側端部に対して高くなる密度勾配を有するものを、前記サイドウォール部に貼付することを特徴とする空気入りタイヤの製造方法。
    A pair of left and right bead portions and sidewall portions, and a tread portion continuous between both sidewall portions, and a reinforcing fiber cut into a predetermined length between the pair of strip-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets in the sidewall portions. A reinforcing member formed by interposing a reinforcing fiber piece layer composed of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces is a method of manufacturing a pneumatic tire arranged annularly in the tire circumferential direction,
    In the tire molding process prior to the expansion process at the time of raw tire production, as the reinforcing member, the density density of the reinforcing fiber pieces is higher than the bead part side end part at the tread part side end part. A method for manufacturing a pneumatic tire, comprising: attaching a component having the component to the sidewall portion.
  2.  前記補強部材として、前記補強繊維片の目付け密度が、前記トレッド部側端部で前記ビード部側端部に対して1.5倍以上となる密度勾配を有するものを用いる請求項1記載の空気入りタイヤの製造方法。 2. The air according to claim 1, wherein the reinforcing member has a density gradient such that the weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces is 1.5 times or more at the tread portion side end portion with respect to the bead portion side end portion. A method for manufacturing a tire.
  3.  前記補強部材として、該補強部材の幅方向中心より前記トレッド部側と、前記ビード部側とで、前記補強繊維片の目付け密度が異なるものを用いる請求項1記載の空気入りタイヤの製造方法。 2. The method for manufacturing a pneumatic tire according to claim 1, wherein the reinforcing member uses a material having different basis weight densities of the reinforcing fiber pieces on the tread part side and the bead part side from the center in the width direction of the reinforcing member.
  4.  前記補強部材として、前記トレッド部側端部から前記ビード部側端部まで、前記補強繊維片の目付け密度が連続的に変化しているものを用いる請求項1記載の空気入りタイヤの製造方法。 2. The method for manufacturing a pneumatic tire according to claim 1, wherein as the reinforcing member, one in which the basis density of the reinforcing fiber pieces continuously changes from the tread portion side end portion to the bead portion side end portion is used.
  5.  請求項1記載の空気入りタイヤの製造方法により製造されたことを特徴とする空気入りタイヤ。 A pneumatic tire manufactured by the method for manufacturing a pneumatic tire according to claim 1.
  6.  前記補強繊維片の目付け密度が、50g/m以上1500g/m以下である請求項5記載の空気入りタイヤ。 The pneumatic tire according to claim 5, wherein a weight density of the reinforcing fiber pieces is 50 g / m 2 or more and 1500 g / m 2 or less.
  7.  前記補強繊維片の長さが、15mm以上である請求項5記載の空気入りタイヤ。 The pneumatic tire according to claim 5, wherein the length of the reinforcing fiber piece is 15 mm or more.
  8.  前記補強繊維片の径が、0.07mm~0.60mmの範囲内である請求項5記載の空気入りタイヤ。  The pneumatic tire according to claim 5, wherein a diameter of the reinforcing fiber piece is in a range of 0.07 mm to 0.60 mm. *
  9.  前記補強繊維が無機繊維である請求項5記載の空気入りタイヤ。 The pneumatic tire according to claim 5, wherein the reinforcing fiber is an inorganic fiber.
  10.  一対の帯状未加硫ゴムシート間に、補強繊維を所定長に切断した複数の補強繊維片からなる補強繊維片層が介装されてなる補強部材の製造方法であって、
     前記補強繊維を切断して前記複数の補強繊維片を作製する切断工程と、長手方向に延びる前記帯状未加硫ゴムシートの一方の上方から、該一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシート上に前記補強繊維片を散布して前記補強繊維片層を形成する散布工程と、該一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシート上に、前記帯状未加硫ゴムシートの他方を供給して重ね合わせ、該一方および他方の帯状未加硫ゴムシート間に前記補強繊維片層を介装させる供給工程と、該一方および他方の帯状未加硫ゴムシート同士を互いに押付けて圧着する圧着工程とを含み、
     前記切断工程と前記散布工程とを、連続して行うことを特徴とする補強部材の製造方法。
    A method of manufacturing a reinforcing member in which a reinforcing fiber piece layer consisting of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces obtained by cutting reinforcing fibers into a predetermined length is interposed between a pair of belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets,
    A cutting step of cutting the reinforcing fibers to produce the plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces, and the reinforcement on the one strip-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet from above one of the strip-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets extending in the longitudinal direction. A spreading step of spreading the fiber pieces to form the reinforcing fiber piece layer; and supplying the other of the belt-like unvulcanized rubber sheets on the one belt-like unvulcanized rubber sheet and superposing the one and the other A step of interposing the reinforcing fiber piece layer between the belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets, and a pressure-bonding step of pressing the one and the other belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets against each other,
    The manufacturing method of the reinforcing member characterized by performing the said cutting process and the said dispersion | distribution process continuously.
  11.  前記散布工程において、前記補強繊維片を、上下方向にのみ開口するガイド体を介して散布するにあたり、該ガイド体として、該一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの幅方向に沿う幅が、上端部より下端部で広く、かつ、上方から下方に向かい漸増する部分を有するものを用いる請求項10記載の補強部材の製造方法。 In the spreading step, when spreading the reinforcing fiber pieces through the guide body that opens only in the vertical direction, the width along the width direction of the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet is the upper end portion as the guide body. The method for manufacturing a reinforcing member according to claim 10, wherein the lower end portion is wider and has a portion that gradually increases from above to below.
  12.  前記散布工程において、前記補強繊維片を、上下方向にのみ開口するガイド体を介して散布するにあたり、該ガイド体として、該一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの長手方向に沿う幅が上端部より下端部で狭く、かつ、該幅が上方から下方に向かい漸減する絞り部を有するものを用いる請求項10記載の補強部材の製造方法。 In the spreading step, when spreading the reinforcing fiber pieces through the guide body that opens only in the vertical direction, the width along the longitudinal direction of the one band-like unvulcanized rubber sheet is larger than the upper end portion as the guide body. The method for manufacturing a reinforcing member according to claim 10, wherein the lower end portion has a narrowed portion that is narrow at the lower end portion and gradually decreases from above to below.
  13.  前記ガイド体として、前記絞り部より下方に、前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの長手方向に沿う幅が変動しない垂直部を有するものを用いる請求項12記載の補強部材の製造方法。 13. The method for manufacturing a reinforcing member according to claim 12, wherein the guide body has a vertical portion that does not vary in width along the longitudinal direction of the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet below the throttle portion.
  14.  前記ガイド体として、該ガイド体の下端部の、前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの長手方向における幅dが、前記補強繊維片の長さの1.0倍以下であるものを用いる請求項12記載の補強部材の製造方法。 The said guide body uses the thing whose width d in the longitudinal direction of said one strip | belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet of the lower end part of this guide body is 1.0 times or less of the length of the said reinforcing fiber piece. The manufacturing method of the reinforcement member of Claim 12.
  15.  前記散布工程において、前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートを振動させる請求項10記載の補強部材の製造方法。 The method for manufacturing a reinforcing member according to claim 10, wherein, in the spraying step, the one band-like unvulcanized rubber sheet is vibrated.
  16.  前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートを振動周波数1Hz~1kHzにて振動させる請求項15記載の補強部材の製造方法。 The method for manufacturing a reinforcing member according to claim 15, wherein the one belt-like unvulcanized rubber sheet is vibrated at a vibration frequency of 1 Hz to 1 kHz.
  17.  一対の帯状未加硫ゴムシート間に、補強繊維を所定長に切断した複数の補強繊維片からなる補強繊維片層が介装されてなる補強部材の製造装置であって、
     前記補強繊維を切断して前記複数の補強繊維片を作製する切断手段と、長手方向に延びる前記帯状未加硫ゴムシートの一方の上方から、該一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシート上に前記補強繊維片を散布して前記補強繊維片層を形成する散布手段と、該一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシート上に、前記帯状未加硫ゴムシートの他方を供給して重ね合わせ、該一方および他方の帯状未加硫ゴムシート間に前記補強繊維片層を介装させる供給手段と、該一方および他方の帯状未加硫ゴムシート同士を互いに押付けて圧着する圧着手段とを含み、
     前記切断手段と前記散布手段とが、一体的に設けられていることを特徴とする補強部材の製造装置。
    A reinforcing member manufacturing apparatus in which a reinforcing fiber piece layer consisting of a plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces obtained by cutting reinforcing fibers into a predetermined length is interposed between a pair of belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets,
    Cutting means for cutting the reinforcing fibers to produce the plurality of reinforcing fiber pieces, and the reinforcing material on the one belt-like unvulcanized rubber sheet from above one of the belt-like unvulcanized rubber sheets extending in the longitudinal direction. Sprinkling means for sprinkling fiber pieces to form the reinforcing fiber piece layer, and supplying and superposing the other of the band-like unvulcanized rubber sheet on the one band-like unvulcanized rubber sheet, the one and the other A supply means for interposing the reinforcing fiber piece layer between the belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets, and a pressure-bonding means for pressing the one and the other belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheets against each other,
    The apparatus for manufacturing a reinforcing member, wherein the cutting means and the spraying means are integrally provided.
  18.  前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートと前記散布手段との間に、該一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの長手方向に平行な一対の壁部を有し、該一対の壁部間の間隔が前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの幅よりも幅狭であるガイド体が設置され、かつ、該ガイド体の下端から前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの表面までの距離hが、前記補強繊維片の長さの5倍以下である請求項17記載の補強部材の製造装置。 Between the one strip-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet and the spreading means, there is a pair of wall portions parallel to the longitudinal direction of the one strip-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet, and an interval between the pair of wall portions is A guide body that is narrower than the width of the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet is installed, and the distance h from the lower end of the guide body to the surface of the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet is the reinforcement The apparatus for manufacturing a reinforcing member according to claim 17, wherein the length is 5 times or less the length of the fiber piece.
  19.  前記ガイド体が、さらに、前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの幅方向に平行な一対の壁部を有し、上下方向にのみ開口する請求項18記載の補強部材の製造装置。 19. The reinforcing member manufacturing apparatus according to claim 18, wherein the guide body further includes a pair of wall portions parallel to the width direction of the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet and opens only in the vertical direction.
  20.  前記散布手段と前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートとの間に、上下方向にのみ開口するガイド体が設置され、該ガイド体の、該一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの幅方向に沿う幅が、上端部より下端部で広く、かつ、上方から下方に向かい漸増する部分を有する請求項17記載の補強部材の製造装置。 A guide body that opens only in the vertical direction is installed between the spreading means and the one belt-like unvulcanized rubber sheet, and the width of the guide body along the width direction of the belt-like unvulcanized rubber sheet. The apparatus for manufacturing a reinforcing member according to claim 17, which has a portion that is wider at the lower end than the upper end and gradually increases from above to below.
  21.  前記散布手段と前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートとの間に、上下方向にのみ開口するガイド体が設置され、該ガイド体の、該一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの長手方向に沿う幅が上端部より下端部で狭く、かつ、該幅が上方から下方に向かい漸減する絞り部を有する請求項17記載の補強部材の製造装置。 A guide body that opens only in the vertical direction is installed between the spreading means and the one belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet, and the width of the guide body along the longitudinal direction of the one belt-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet The apparatus for manufacturing a reinforcing member according to claim 17, further comprising a throttle portion that is narrower at a lower end portion than at an upper end portion, and has a width that gradually decreases from above to below.
  22.  前記ガイド体が、前記絞り部より下方に、前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの長手方向に沿う幅が変動しない垂直部を有する請求項21記載の補強部材の製造装置。 The reinforcing member manufacturing apparatus according to claim 21, wherein the guide body has a vertical portion below the throttle portion, the width of which does not vary along the longitudinal direction of the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet.
  23.  前記ガイド体の下端部の、前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートの長手方向における幅dが、前記補強繊維片の長さの1.0倍以下である請求項21記載の補強部材の製造装置。 The apparatus for manufacturing a reinforcing member according to claim 21, wherein a width d of the lower end portion of the guide body in a longitudinal direction of the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet is 1.0 times or less of a length of the reinforcing fiber piece. .
  24.  前記一方の帯状未加硫ゴムシートを振動させる振動発生機構を備える請求項17記載の補強部材の製造装置。 18. The apparatus for manufacturing a reinforcing member according to claim 17, further comprising a vibration generating mechanism that vibrates the one band-shaped unvulcanized rubber sheet.
  25.  前記振動発生機構の振動周波数が1Hz~1kHzの範囲である請求項24記載の補強部材の製造装置。 The reinforcing member manufacturing apparatus according to claim 24, wherein a vibration frequency of the vibration generating mechanism is in a range of 1 Hz to 1 kHz.
PCT/JP2012/063257 2011-05-25 2012-05-24 Method for manufacturing pneumatic tire, pneumatic tire, and method and device for manufacturing reinforcing members WO2012161238A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011-117476 2011-05-25
JP2011117475A JP2012245653A (en) 2011-05-25 2011-05-25 Method and apparatus for producing reinforcing member
JP2011-117475 2011-05-25
JP2011117474A JP2012245652A (en) 2011-05-25 2011-05-25 Method and apparatus for producing reinforcing member
JP2011117476A JP2012245654A (en) 2011-05-25 2011-05-25 Method and device of manufacturing reinforcing member
JP2011117477A JP2012245655A (en) 2011-05-25 2011-05-25 Method of manufacturing pneumatic tire and pneumatic tire
JP2011-117477 2011-05-25
JP2011-117474 2011-05-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2012161238A1 true WO2012161238A1 (en) 2012-11-29

Family

ID=47217312

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2012/063257 WO2012161238A1 (en) 2011-05-25 2012-05-24 Method for manufacturing pneumatic tire, pneumatic tire, and method and device for manufacturing reinforcing members

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2012161238A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017137122A1 (en) * 2016-02-09 2017-08-17 Continental Reifen Deutschland Gmbh Method for producing a material web, use thereof as a reinforcing ply for an elastomer item, and vehicle pneumatic tyres

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003313309A (en) * 2002-04-24 2003-11-06 Bridgestone Corp Rubber/nonwoven fabric compound and tire
JP2005081898A (en) * 2003-09-05 2005-03-31 Bridgestone Corp Pneumatic radial-ply tire

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003313309A (en) * 2002-04-24 2003-11-06 Bridgestone Corp Rubber/nonwoven fabric compound and tire
JP2005081898A (en) * 2003-09-05 2005-03-31 Bridgestone Corp Pneumatic radial-ply tire

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017137122A1 (en) * 2016-02-09 2017-08-17 Continental Reifen Deutschland Gmbh Method for producing a material web, use thereof as a reinforcing ply for an elastomer item, and vehicle pneumatic tyres
US11453256B2 (en) 2016-02-09 2022-09-27 Continental Reifen Deutschland Gmbh Method for producing a material web, use thereof as a reinforcing ply for an elastomer item, and vehicle pneumatic tires

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20060191618A1 (en) Device and process for manufacturing undulating plies
US7524398B2 (en) Apparatus for making tire components, and a tire
JP2008254191A (en) Carbon fiber composite material manufacturing apparatus, carbon fiber composite material manufacturing method and carbon fiber composite material
US20060137804A1 (en) Method for making tire ply
US7811400B2 (en) Apparatus and method for manufacturing rubber sheet reinforced with cord
EP3000620A1 (en) Pneumatic radial tire for a passenger car having ultra fine steel cords for a carcass ply
WO2012161238A1 (en) Method for manufacturing pneumatic tire, pneumatic tire, and method and device for manufacturing reinforcing members
JP4487363B2 (en) Method and apparatus for producing unvulcanized rubber / steel wire composite
JP2013159272A (en) Pneumatic tire
JP2002533586A (en) Method and apparatus for manufacturing metal cords for reinforcing elastomeric products, especially tires
JP2012245655A (en) Method of manufacturing pneumatic tire and pneumatic tire
JP4044572B2 (en) Elastic crawler and tensile band manufacturing method
JP2012245654A (en) Method and device of manufacturing reinforcing member
JP2012245652A (en) Method and apparatus for producing reinforcing member
EP1674247A1 (en) Method for making reinforced elastomeric materials
CN102196899B (en) Process for building tyres
JP2020505292A (en) Method for generation and / or regeneration of conveyor belt, and conveyor belt
WO2011142389A1 (en) Pneumatic tire
JP2012245829A (en) Pneumatic tire
JP2012245653A (en) Method and apparatus for producing reinforcing member
JP5441637B2 (en) Method and apparatus for producing rubber-steel filament composite
KR20050103203A (en) Reinforcement material for rubber, rubber product using the material and method for producing the product, pneumatic tire using the material and method for producing the tire
JP4977958B2 (en) Pneumatic tire bead, method for producing pneumatic tire bead and pneumatic tire
JP2004084790A (en) Transmission belt and manufacturing method thereof
JP6133604B2 (en) tire

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12789896

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 12789896

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1